Scolaris Content Display Scolaris Content Display

Psychosocial interventions for self‐harm in adults

Editorial note

There is a more recent Cochrane review on this topic: https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD013668.pub2

Collapse all Expand all

Abstract

Background

Self‐harm (SH; intentional self‐poisoning or self‐injury) is common, often repeated, and associated with suicide. This is an update of a broader Cochrane review first published in 1998, previously updated in 1999, and now split into three separate reviews. This review focuses on psychosocial interventions in adults who engage in self‐harm.

Objectives

To assess the effects of specific psychosocial treatments versus treatment as usual, enhanced usual care or other forms of psychological therapy, in adults following SH.

Search methods

The Cochrane Depression, Anxiety and Neurosis Group (CCDAN) trials coordinator searched the CCDAN Clinical Trials Register (to 29 April 2015). This register includes relevant randomised controlled trials (RCTs) from: the Cochrane Library (all years), MEDLINE (1950 to date), EMBASE (1974 to date), and PsycINFO (1967 to date).

Selection criteria

We included RCTs comparing psychosocial treatments with treatment as usual (TAU), enhanced usual care (EUC) or alternative treatments in adults with a recent (within six months) episode of SH resulting in presentation to clinical services.

Data collection and analysis

We used Cochrane's standard methodological procedures.

Main results

We included 55 trials, with a total of 17,699 participants. Eighteen trials investigated cognitive‐behavioural‐based psychotherapy (CBT‐based psychotherapy; comprising cognitive‐behavioural, problem‐solving therapy or both). Nine investigated interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder, comprising emotion‐regulation group‐based psychotherapy, mentalisation, and dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT). Four investigated case management, and 11 examined remote contact interventions (postcards, emergency cards, telephone contact). Most other interventions were evaluated in only single small trials of moderate to very low quality.

There was a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy compared to TAU at final follow‐up in terms of fewer participants repeating SH (odds ratio (OR) 0.70, 95% confidence interval (CI) 0.55 to 0.88; number of studies k = 17; N = 2665; GRADE: low quality evidence), but with no reduction in frequency of SH (mean difference (MD) ‐0.21, 95% CI ‐0.68 to 0.26; k = 6; N = 594; GRADE: low quality).

For interventions typically delivered to individuals with a history of multiple episodes of SH/probable personality disorder, group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy and mentalisation were associated with significantly reduced repetition when compared to TAU: group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy (OR 0.34, 95% CI 0.13 to 0.88; k = 2; N = 83; GRADE: low quality), mentalisation (OR 0.35, 95% CI 0.17 to 0.73; k = 1; N = 134; GRADE: moderate quality). Compared with TAU, dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT) showed a significant reduction in frequency of SH at final follow‐up (MD ‐18.82, 95% CI ‐36.68 to ‐0.95; k = 3; N = 292; GRADE: low quality) but not in the proportion of individuals repeating SH (OR 0.57, 95% CI 0.21 to 1.59, k = 3; N = 247; GRADE: low quality). Compared with an alternative form of psychological therapy, DBT‐oriented therapy was also associated with a significant treatment effect for repetition of SH at final follow‐up (OR 0.05, 95% CI 0.00 to 0.49; k = 1; N = 24; GRADE: low quality). However, neither DBT vs 'treatment by expert' (OR 1.18, 95% CI 0.35 to 3.95; k = 1; N = 97; GRADE: very low quality) nor prolonged exposure DBT vs standard exposure DBT (OR 0.67, 95% CI 0.08 to 5.68; k = 1; N =18; GRADE: low quality) were associated with a significant reduction in repetition of SH.

Case management was not associated with a significant reduction in repetition of SH at post intervention compared to either TAU or enhanced usual care (OR 0.78, 95% CI 0.47 to 1.30; k = 4; N = 1608; GRADE: moderate quality). Continuity of care by the same therapist vs a different therapist was also not associated with a significant treatment effect for repetition (OR 0.28, 95% CI 0.07 to 1.10; k = 1; N = 136; GRADE: very low quality). None of the following remote contact interventions were associated with fewer participants repeating SH compared with TAU: adherence enhancement (OR 0.57, 95% CI 0.32 to 1.02; k = 1; N = 391; GRADE: low quality), mixed multimodal interventions (comprising psychological therapy and remote contact‐based interventions) (OR 0.98, 95% CI 0.68 to 1.43; k = 1 study; N = 684; GRADE: low quality), including a culturally adapted form of this intervention (OR 0.83, 95% CI 0.44 to 1.55; k = 1; N = 167; GRADE: low quality), postcards (OR 0.87, 95% CI 0.62 to 1.23; k = 4; N = 3277; GRADE: very low quality), emergency cards (OR 0.82, 95% CI 0.31 to 2.14; k = 2; N = 1039; GRADE: low quality), general practitioner's letter (OR 1.15, 95% CI 0.93 to 1.44; k = 1; N = 1932; GRADE: moderate quality), telephone contact (OR 0.74, 95% CI 0.42 to 1.32; k = 3; N = 840; GRADE: very low quality), and mobile telephone‐based psychological therapy (OR not estimable due to zero cell counts; GRADE: low quality).

None of the following mixed interventions were associated with reduced repetition of SH compared to either alternative forms of psychological therapy: interpersonal problem‐solving skills training, behaviour therapy, home‐based problem‐solving therapy, long‐term psychotherapy; or to TAU: provision of information and support, treatment for alcohol misuse, intensive inpatient and community treatment, general hospital admission, or intensive outpatient treatment.

We had only limited evidence on whether the intervention had different effects in men and women. Data on adverse effects, other than planned outcomes relating to suicidal behaviour, were not reported.

Authors' conclusions

CBT‐based psychological therapy can result in fewer individuals repeating SH; however, the quality of this evidence, assessed using GRADE criteria, ranged between moderate and low. Dialectical behaviour therapy for people with multiple episodes of SH/probable personality disorder may lead to a reduction in frequency of SH, but this finding is based on low quality evidence. Case management and remote contact interventions did not appear to have any benefits in terms of reducing repetition of SH. Other therapeutic approaches were mostly evaluated in single trials of moderate to very low quality such that the evidence relating to these interventions is inconclusive.

PICOs

Population
Intervention
Comparison
Outcome

The PICO model is widely used and taught in evidence-based health care as a strategy for formulating questions and search strategies and for characterizing clinical studies or meta-analyses. PICO stands for four different potential components of a clinical question: Patient, Population or Problem; Intervention; Comparison; Outcome.

See more on using PICO in the Cochrane Handbook.

Psychosocial interventions for self‐harm in adults

Why is this review important?

Self harm (SH), which includes non‐fatal intentional self‐poisoning/overdose and self‐injury, is a major problem in many countries and is linked to risk of future suicide. It is distressing for both patients and their families and friends, and places large demands on clinical services. It is therefore important to assess the evidence on treatments for SH patients.

Who will be interested in this review?

Clinicians working with people who engage in SH, policy makers, people who themselves have engaged in SH or may be at risk of doing so, and their families and relatives.

What questions does this review aim to answer?

This review is an update of a previous Cochrane review from 1999, which found little evidence of beneficial effects of psychosocial treatments on repetition of SH. This update aims to further evaluate the evidence for the effectiveness of psychosocial treatments for patients with SH with a broader range of outcomes.

Which studies were included in the review?

To be included in the review, studies had to be randomised controlled trials of psychosocial interventions for adults who had recently engaged in SH. We searched electronic databases to find all such trials published up until 29 April 2015, and found 55 that met our inclusion criteria.

What does the evidence from the review tell us?

There have now been a number of investigations of psychosocial treatments for SH in adults, with greater representation in recent years of low‐ and middle‐income countries such as China, Iran, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.

Some moderate quality evidence shows that cognitive‐behavioural‐based (CBT‐based) psychotherapy (a psychotherapy intended to change unhelpful thinking, emotions and behaviour) may help prevent repetition of SH, although it did not reduce overall frequency of SH. There were encouraging results (from small trials of moderate to very low quality) for other interventions aimed at reducing the frequency of SH in people with probable personality disorder, including group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy, mentalisation (a psychosocial therapy intended to increase a person’s understanding of their own and others' mental state), and dialectical behaviour therapies (DBT; psychosocial therapies intended to assist with identification of triggers that lead to reactive behaviours and to provide individuals with emotional coping skills to avoid these reactions). Whilst DBT was not associated with a significant reduction in repetition of SH at final follow‐up as compared to usual treatment, there was evidence of low quality suggesting a reduction in frequency of SH.

There was no clear evidence supporting the effectiveness of prolonged exposure to DBT, case management, approaches to improve treatment adherence, mixed multimodal interventions (comprising both psychological therapy and remote contact‐based interventions), remote contact interventions (postcards, emergency cards, and telephone contact), interpersonal problem‐solving skills training, behaviour therapy, provision of information and support, treatment for alcohol misuse, home‐based problem‐solving therapy, intensive inpatient and community treatment, general hospital admission, intensive outpatient treatment, or long‐term psychotherapy.

We had only limited evidence from a subset of the studies relating to whether the intervention had different effects in men and women. The trials did not report on side effects other than suicidal behaviour.

What should happen next?

The promising results for CBT‐based psychological therapy and dialectical behaviour therapy warrant further investigation to understand which patients benefit from these types of interventions. There were only a few, generally small trials on most other types of psychosocial therapies, providing little evidence of beneficial effects; however, these cannot be ruled out. There is a need for more information about whether psychosocial interventions might work differently between men and women.

Authors' conclusions

Implications for practice

Evidence drawn from an earlier version of this review has been incorporated in guidance for commissioners of clinical services in the United Kingdom, which states that brief CBT‐based psychotherapy should be available in self‐harm services (NICE 2011). Our updated findings would reinforce the view that there is some evidence to suggest that CBT‐based psychotherapy is effective in reducing repetition of SH compared with treatment as usual (TAU). There is a lack of evidence with respect to the prevention of suicide, however, although there was a relatively small number of such events in these trials, precluding a firm conclusion.

In most trials CBT‐based psychotherapy was typically very brief (i.e., less than 10 sessions). It was delivered on an individual basis in all trials except one (i.e., McAuliffe 2014).

While dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT) did not reduce the proportion of participants with borderline personality disorder who engaged in a repeated episode of SH as compared with TAU, it did appear to reduce the frequency of repetition. Arguably, where patients are multiple repeaters of SH and much of their SH will have included acts such as superficial self‐cutting, reduction in the frequency of SH could be viewed as a key outcome.

Less intensive remote contact‐based interventions, such as sending regular postcards to patients in the year following an episode of SH, did not appear to reduce the proportion of patients repeating SH. However, these interventions may hold promise in settings where there are very limited psychiatric services (where the alternative may be no provision of little or no aftercare). Case management approaches also did not appear to be effective in reducing the proportion of patients who repeat SH.

Other interventions have mostly been evaluated in single trials. In a trial of DBT‐oriented therapy, for example, there was a significant reduction in both the number of patients repeating SH and the total number of repeat episodes, as well as significant reductions in depression and suicidal ideation. Mentalisation therapy was associated with reduced repetition of SH and depression in the latter stages of follow‐up in patients with borderline personality disorder. Group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy was associated with a reduction in the proportion of patients repeating SH in the final two months of the treatment period, but there was no apparent effect on depression. Provision of information and support was associated with reduced numbers of completed suicides in a single multicentre trial conducted in five low‐ and middle‐income countries, but not with reduced repetition of SH. There is, however, some inconsistency in the reporting of numbers of suicides in the experimental group for the overall cohort as reported in Fleischmann 2008 and those from three of the five individual study sites (in Karaj, Iran (Hassanzadeh 2010); Chennai, India (Vijayakumar 2011); and Yuncheng, China (Xu 2012)). Home‐based problem‐solving psychotherapy and continuity of treatment by the same therapist from assessment to aftercare appeared to improve treatment adherence, but without clear benefit in terms of repetition of SH.

Where possible, we analysed results separately by sex. Whilst one trial indicated reduced benefit for the intervention on depression in females as compared to males (Marasinghe 2012), in the few trials where a subgroup analysis by sex was possible, the majority suggested a significant treatment effect of psychosocial interventions for females but not males.

In terms of repeater status, it appears that some more limited interventions (emergency cards) may have negative effects in patients with a history of multiple episodes of SH. However, trials of some more intensive interventions (e.g., group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy, mentalisation, DBT) appear to have positive benefits on repetition of SH, and particularly for participants who were multiple repeaters of SH at trial entry, which would mostly have included participants diagnosed with borderline personality disorder.

Implications for research

Given the apparent positive benefits of CBT‐based psychotherapy and some other treatment approaches, future trials should identify which types of patients are most likely to benefit from these interventions. Although we were only able to undertake subgroup analyses by sex in five trials (Bennewith 2002; Carter 2005; Fleischmann 2008; Hvid 2011; Marasinghe 2012), evidence from the present review would suggest that some psychosocial interventions, particularly remote contact‐based interventions and case management, tend to be of greater benefit for female patients. There should therefore be a greater focus on sex‐specific interventions, especially to identify treatments most likely to benefit male SH patients.

We could only undertake subgroup analyses by repeater status (i.e., with or without a history of multiple episodes of SH) in five trials (Bennewith 2002; Evans 1999a; Hatcher 2011; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015). Nevertheless, there is limited evidence that whilst some forms of psychosocial interventions may be more effective in those with a history of multiple episodes of SH (e.g., CBT‐based psychotherapy) other forms of contact‐based interventions, such as emergency cards, may lead to an increased risk of repetition of SH in those with a history of multiple episodes of SH prior to trial entry. For these reasons, history of prior SH should be clearly identified in future trials, with stratified randomisation according to repeater status being desirable.

Researchers investigating psychosocial treatments should endeavour to investigate whether the intervention results in changes in the psychological or social mechanisms that are the targets of treatment (e.g., problem‐solving, emotion‐regulation, interpersonal skills) and the extent to which such changes relate to positive outcomes (Arensman 2001). Such knowledge will help clarify the mediators of treatment efficacy and allow therapists to modify interventions so that they may be more effective.

In view of the apparent effectiveness of CBT‐based psychotherapy in reducing repetition of SH and the development of online therapy for a range of psychological problems (Andersson 2014; Griffiths 2006), and the introduction online means of providing this therapy should be a priority, particularly given the findings of some short‐term benefits of online self‐help for suicidal thoughts (Van Spijker 2014) and behaviours (Franklin 2016), although these effects may not be maintained at longer‐term follow‐ups. The longer term effectiveness of these interventions is therefore yet to be determined.

Summary of findings

Open in table viewer
Summary of findings 1. Comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual

CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for self‐harm in adults

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: CBT‐based psychotherapy
Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU)

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU

CBT‐based psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.66
(0.36 to 1.21)

313
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,b

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

190 per 1000

134 per 1000
(78 to 221)

Repetition of SH at 6 months

Study population

OR 0.54
(0.34 to 0.85)

1317
(12 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For some trials, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation.

280 per 1000

173 per 1000
(117 to 248)

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.80
(0.65 to 0.98)

2232
(10 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For some trials, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation.

272 per 1000

230 per 1000
(196 to 268)

Repetition of SH at 24 months

Study population

OR 0.31
(0.14 to 0.69)

105
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For 1 trial, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation.

563 per 1000

285 per 1000
(153 to 470)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.70
(0.55 to 0.88)

2665
(17 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,c

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For 1 trial, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to the inconsistency in the magnitude of the effect size estimates across trials.

262 per 1000

199 per 1000
(163 to 238)

Frequency of SH at final follow‐up

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average, 0.21 lower (0.68 lower to 0.26 higher)

597
(6 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,c

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For 1 trial, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to the inconsistency in the magnitude of the effect size estimates across trials.

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CBT: cognitive behavioural therapy; CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a We rated risk of bias as SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for some trials, participants were not blinded to treatment allocation. Performance and detection bias therefore may have been present.

b Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide
c We rated inconsistency as SERIOUS due to notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size estimates between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

Open in table viewer
Summary of findings 2. Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder
Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU/other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder

Emotion‐regulation group‐based psychotherapy vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.34
(0.13 to 0.88)

83
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for 1 trial, outcome assessors were also not blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as study investigators did not adequately describe details on sequence generation and allocation concealment.

775 per 1000

539 per 1000
(309 to 752)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

83
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Study investigators also did not adequately describe details on sequence generation and allocation concealment. Additionally, for 1 trial, outcome assessors were also not blind to treatment allocation As the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality due to imprecision.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,12.76 lower (34.92 lower to 9.40 higher)

Mentalisation vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.35
(0.17 to 0.73)

134
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderateb

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

492 per 1000

253 per 1000
(141 to 414)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

133
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderateb

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,1.28 lower (2.01 lower to 0.55 lower)

DBT‐oriented therapy vs Alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.05

(0.00 to 0.49)

24
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the sample size is small.

667 per 1000

91 per 1000
(0 to 495)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

24
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the sample size is small.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,4.83 lower (7.90 lower to 1.76 lower)

DBT vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.59

(0.16 to 2.15)

267
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size estimates between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

667 per 1000

541 per 1000
(242 to 811)

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.36

(0.05 to 2.47)

172
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size estimates between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

495 per 1000

260 per 1000
(47 to 707)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.57

(0.21 to 1.59)

247
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size estimates between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

620 per 1000

482 per 1000
(255 to 722)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

292
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to imprecision of the effect size estimate.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,18.82 lower (36.68 lower to 0.95 lower)

DBT vs treatment by expert

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 1.66

(0.53 to 5.20)

97
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝

Very lowa,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, study authors did not adequately describe details on allocation concealment. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

822 per 1000

885 per 1000
(710 to 960)

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 1.18

(0.35 to 3.95)

97
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝

Very lowa,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Study authors did not adequately describe details on allocation concealment. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

867 per 1000

885 per 1000
(695 to 963)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

97
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝

Very lowa,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Study authors did not adequately describe details on allocation concealment. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,14.85 lower (37.64 lower to 7.94 higher)

DBT prolonged exposure vs DBT standard exposure

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.67

(0.08 to 5.68)

18

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as details on participant and clinical personnel blinding were not adequately described. However, given the similarity between the intervention and control treatment in this trial, it is possible that blinding could have been achieved. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

333 per 1000

251 per 1000

(38 to 740)

Repetition of SH at 6 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.67

(0.08 to 5.68)

18

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as details on participant and clinical personnel blinding were not adequately described. However, given the similarity between the intervention and control treatment in this trial, it is possible that blinding could have been achieved. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

333 per 1000

251 per 1000

(38 to 740)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

18

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low b,c

We downgraded quality as details on participant and clinical personnel blinding were not adequately described. However, given the similarity between the intervention and control treatment in this trial, it is possible that blinding could have been achieved. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,0.25 lower (2.47 lower to 1.97 higher)

Frequency of SH at 6 months' follow‐up

Study population

18

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as details on participant and clinical personnel blinding were not adequately described. However, given the similarity between the intervention and control treatment in this trial, it is possible that blinding could have been achieved. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,0.34 higher (0.61 lower to 1.29 higher)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. For 1 trial, outcome assessors were not blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, as details on sequence generation and allocation concealment were not adequately described, selection bias may have been present.
b Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present.
c Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide or there are notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

Open in table viewer
Summary of findings 3. Comparison 3: Case management vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Case management vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: case management

Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy.

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU/other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Case management

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.78

(0.47 to 1.30)

1608

(4 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

114 per 1000

91 per 1000

(57 to 143)

Multiple readmissions for SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 5.23

(1.12 to 24.45)

469

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

8 per 1000

41 per 1000

(9 to 166)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation.

Open in table viewer
Summary of findings 4. Comparison 4: Adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients

Intervention: Adherence enhancement approaches
Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU/other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Adherence enhancement approaches

Compliance enhancement vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.57
(0.32 to 1.02)

391
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa

We downgraded quality as an open random numbers table was used to generate the allocation sequence and, as allocation was not concealed, there is possible selection bias. We further downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

174 per 1000

107 per 1000
(63 to 177)

Continuity of care by the same therapist vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy (i.e., care by a different therapist)

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.28

(0.07 to 1.10)

136

(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,c

We downgraded quality as neither participants, clinical personnel, nor outcome assessors were blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as study authors did not specify the method used to allocate participants to the experimental and control groups, nor did they report details on allocation concealment. Finally, we downgraded quality three grades, as there was significant imbalance between the experimental and control group for some putative risk factors for repetition of SH despite randomisation.

136 per 1000

42 per 1000

(11 to 148)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. As an open numbers table was used the generate the allocation sequence, and as allocation was not concealed, selection bias also may have been present.
b Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. Additionally, as no details on the method used to allocate participants to the intervention and control groups or on allocation concealment were reported, selection bias also may have been present.
c There was significant imbalance between the intervention and control groups for a number of putative risk factors for repetition of SH despite randomisation.

Open in table viewer
Summary of findings 5. Comparison 5: Mixed multimodal interventions vs treatment as usual

Mixed multimodal interventions vs treatment as usual

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: mixed multimodal interventions
Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU)

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU

Mixed multimodal Interventions

Mixed multimodal interventions vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.98
(0.68 to 1.43)

684
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,b

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, use of Zelen's post‐consent design would indicate that participants were also not blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

204 per 1000

201 per 1000
(149 to 269)

Culturally‐adapted mixed multimodal interventions vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.83

(0.44 to 1.55)

167

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowa,b

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, use of Zelen's post‐consent design would indicate that participants were also not blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

403 per 1000

359 per 1000

(229 to 511)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS, as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, the use of Zelen's post‐consent design indicates that participants would not have been blind to treatment allocation. Performance and detection bias therefore may have been present.

b Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide.

Open in table viewer
Summary of findings 6. Comparison 6: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual

Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: remote contact interventions
Comparison: treatment as usual

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU

Remote contact interventions

Postcards vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.87
(0.62 to 1.23)

3277
(4 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

132 per 1000

117 per 1000
(86 to 157)

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.76
(0.57 to 1.02)

2885
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

175 per 1000

139 per 1000
(108 to 178)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.88
(0.62 to 1.25)

3277
(4 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

185 per 1000

167 per 1000
(123 to 221)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

1097

(3 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

The mean frequency of episodes of
SH in the experimental group was, on average, 0.07 lower (0.32 lower to 0.18 higher)

Frequency of SH at 12 months

Study population

984

(2 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

The mean frequency of episodes of
SH in the experimental group was, on average, 0.19 lower (0.58 lower to
0.20 higher)

Frequency of SH at 24 months

Study population

472

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

The mean frequency of episodes of
SH in the experimental group was, on average, 0.03 lower (0.16 lower to
0.10 higher)

Emergency cards vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.82

(0.31 to 2.14)

1039

(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,d

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel were bind to treatment allocation. Additionally, quality was further downgraded due to notable differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

171 per 1000

145 per 1000

(60 to 306)

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 1.19

(0.85 to 1.67)

827

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderate a

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel were bind to treatment allocation.

188 per 1000

216 per 1000

(164 to 279)

General practitioner's (GP) letter vsTAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 1.15

(0.93 to 1.44)

1932

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

195 per 1000

218 per 1000

(184 to 259)

Telephone contact vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 6 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.23

(0.02 to 2.11)

81

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

100 per 1000

25 per 1000

(2 to 190)

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 1.00

(0.45 to 2.23)

172

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low a,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

169 per 1000

169 per 1000

(84 to 311)

Repetition of SH at 24 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.76

(0.49 to 1.16)

605

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Lowa,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

189 per 1000

151 per 1000

(103 to 213)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.74

(0.42 to 1.32)

840

(3 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

185 per 1000

143 per 1000

(87 to 230)

Mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

Not estimable

68

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the sample size is small.

0 per 1000

0 per 1000

(0 to 0)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for some trials, no details on outcome assessor blinding were reported. Performance and detection bias therefore may have been present.
b Inconsistency was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide or there are significant differences in the magnitude of the effect size between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.
c Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for some trials, no details on outcome assessor blinding were reported. Performance and detection bias therefore cannot be ruled out. Additionally, as a number of participants randomised to the control group mistakenly received the intervention, and yet were included in the control group for all subsequent analyses, other bias may have been present.
d Inconsistency was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide or there are notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

e Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide and/or the sample size is small.

Open in table viewer
Summary of findings 7. Comparison 7: Other mixed interventions vs treatment as usual or other alternative form of psychotherapy

Heterogeneous other interventions vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH

Settings: mixture of in‐ and outpatients

Intervention: other mixed interventions
Comparison: treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Heterogenous other interventions

Interpersonal problem‐solving skills training vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.40

(0.06 to 2.57)

33

(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as an open random numbers table was used to generate the allocation sequence and, as allocation was not concealed, there is possible selection bias. We further downgraded quality as the sample size is small.

250 per 1000

118 per 1000

(20 to 461)

Behaviour therapy vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.60

(0.08 to 4.45)

24

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as clinical personnel were not blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, details on sequence generation, allocation concealment, participant blinding, and outcome assessor blinding were not adequately described. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

250 per 1000

167 per 1000

(26 to 597)

Information and support vs TAU

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the overall cohort

Study population

OR 1.02
(0.71 to 1.47)

1663
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowd

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present.

75 per 1000

76 per 1000
(54 to 106)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Campinas, Brazil site

Study population

OR 2.27
(0.97 to 5.28)

135
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present. We downgraded quality three grades for this site as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

156 per 1000

296 per 1000
(152 to 494)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Colombo, Sri Lanka site

Study population

OR 0.55
(0.13 to 2.34)

251
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,d

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present. We further downgraded quality for this site as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

41 per 1000

23 per 1000
(6 to 92)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Karaj, Iran site

Study population

OR 1.18
(0.69 to 2)

601
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowd

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present.

94 per 1000

109 per 1000
(67 to 172)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Yuncheng, China site

Study population

OR 2.01
(0.08 to 50.6)

96
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,d

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present. We further downgraded quality for this site as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

0 per 1000

0 per 1000
(0 to 0)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Chennai, India site

Study population

OR 0.39
(0.17 to 0.92)

561
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowd

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present.

65 per 1000

27 per 1000
(12 to 60)

Frequency of SH at final follow‐up for the Karaj, Iran site

The frequency of episodes of SH for the Karaj, Iran site in the experimental group was, on average, 0.46 higher (0.32 higher to 0.32 higher)

629
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowd

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present.

Treatment for alcohol misuse vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 6 months

Study population

OR 0.57

(0.20 to 1.60)

103

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

216 per 1000

136 per 1000

(52 to 306)

Home‐based problem‐solving therapy vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.68

(0.20 to 2.32)

96

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

146 per 1000

104 per 1000

(33 to 284)

Intensive inpatient and community treatment vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 1.18

(0.62 to 2.25)

274

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low b,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

149 per 1000

172 per 1000

(98 to 283)

Frequency of SH at 12 months

Study population

274

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatec

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

The mean frequency of
SH at 12 months in the
control group was 0.23
episodes

The mean frequency of SH at 12 months in the experimental group was 0 higher (0.17 lower to 0.17 higher

General hospital admission vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 1.03

(0.14 to 7.69)

77

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, quality was further downgraded.

51 per 1000

53 per 1000

(8 to 294)

Repetition of SH at 6 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.75

(0.16 to 3.60)

77

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, quality was further downgraded.

103 per 1000

79 per 1000

(18 to 291)

Intensive outpatient intervention vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.27

(0.07 to 1.06)

119

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝

Low b,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, quality was further downgraded.

158 per 1000

48 per 1000

(13 to 166)

Repetition of SH at 24 months

Study population

OR 1.24

(0.59 to 2.62)

126

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low b,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, quality was further downgraded.

302 per 1000

349 per 1000

(203 to 531)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.65

(0.15 to 2.85)

245

(2 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel could have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for 1 trial, participants also were not blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

233 per 1000

165 per 1000

(44 to 464)

Long term vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 1.00

(0.35 to 2.86)

80

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low b,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation, additionally, the method used to allocate participants to the treatment and interventions groups was not specified and as no details on allocation concealment was reported. We further downgraded quality as the sample size was small and the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

225 per 1000

225 per 1000

(92 to 454)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. As an open numbers table was used the generate the allocation sequence, and as allocation was not concealed, selection bias also may have been present.

b Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide and/or the sample size is small.
c Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS as clinical personnel were not blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. Additionally, although details on participant blinding and outcome assessor blinding were not adequately described, the nature of the intervention means that participants could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Finally, authors of some studies did not adequately describe details on sequence generation and allocation concealment. Selection bias therefore may also have been present.
d Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. Additionally, attrition bias may have been present.
e Inconsistency was rated as VERY SERIOUS due to significant differences in the magnitude of the effect size between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

Background

Description of the condition

The term 'self‐harm' is used to describe all non‐fatal intentional acts of self‐poisoning or self‐injury, irrespective of degree of suicidal intent or other types of motivation (Hawton 2003a). Thus it includes acts intended to result in death ('attempted suicide'), those without suicidal intent (e.g., to communicate distress, to temporarily reduce unpleasant feelings), and those with mixed motivation (Hjelmeland 2002; Scoliers 2009). The term 'parasuicide' was introduced by Kreitman 1969 to include the same range of behaviour. However, clinicians in the USA have used 'parasuicide' to refer specifically to acts of self‐harm without suicidal intent (Linehan 1991), and the term has largely fallen into disuse in the UK and other countries. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, fifth edition (DSM‐5) includes two types of self‐harming behaviour as conditions for further study, namely non‐suicidal self‐injury (NSSI) and suicidal behaviour disorder (SBD). Many researchers and clinicians, however, believe this to be an artificial and somewhat misleading categorisation (Kapur 2013). We have therefore used the approach favoured in the UK and some other countries where all intentional self‐harm is conceptualised in a single category, namely self‐harm (SH). Within this category, suicidal intent is regarded as a dimensional rather than a categorical concept. Readers more familiar with the NSSI and SBD distinction may regard SH as an umbrella term for these two behaviours (although it should be noted that neither NSSI nor SBD include non‐fatal self‐poisoning).

SH has been a growing problem in most countries over the past 40 years. In the UK, researchers estimate that there are now more than 200,000 presentations to general hospitals per year (Hawton 2007). In addition, self‐harm often occurs in adults in the community and does not come to the attention of clinical services or other helping agencies (Borges 2011). SH consumes considerable hospital resources in both developed and developing countries (Carter 2005; Claassen 2006; Fleischmann 2005; Gibbs 2004; Kinyanda 2005; Parkar 2006; Schmidtke 1996; Schmidtke 2004).

Unlike suicide, in most countries SH usually occurs more commonly in females than males, although this gap decreases over the life cycle (Hawton 2008). It has also decreased in recent years (Perry 2012). SH predominantly occurs in young people, with 60% to 70% of individuals in many studies aged under 35 years. In females, rates tend to be particularly high among those aged 15 to 24, whereas in males the highest rates are usually among those in their late 20s and early 30s. SH is also less common in older people but then tends to be associated with high suicidal intent (Hawton 2008), with consequent greater risk of future suicide (Murphy 2012).

Many people who engage in SH are facing acute life problems, often in the context of longer‐term difficulties (Hawton 2003b). Common problems include disrupted relationships, employment difficulties, financial and housing problems, and social isolation. Alcohol abuse and, to a lesser extent, drug misuse are often present. There may be a history of adverse experiences, such as physical abuse, sexual abuse, or both. In older people, physical health problems, bereavement, and threatened loss of independence become increasingly important.

Many patients who present to hospital following SH have psychiatric disorders, especially depression, anxiety, and substance misuse (Hawton 2013). These disorders frequently occur in combination with personality disorder (Haw 2001).

Both psychological and biological factors appear to increase vulnerability to SH. Psychological factors include difficulties in problem‐solving and a tendency to show black and white (or all or none) thinking patterns, low self‐esteem, impulsivity, vulnerability to having pessimistic thoughts about the future (i.e., hopelessness) and a sense of entrapment ( O'Connor 2012: Williams 2000; Williams 2005). Biological factors include disturbances in the serotonergic and stress‐response systems (Van Heeringen 2014).

SH is often repeated, with 15% to 25% of individuals who present to hospital with SH returning to the same hospital following a repeat episode within a year (Carroll 2014; Owens 2002). Studies from Asia suggest a lower risk of repetition (Carroll 2014). There may be other repeat episodes that do not result in hospital presentation.

The risk of death by suicide within one year amongst people who attend hospital with SH varies across different studies, from nearly 1% to over 3% (Carroll 2014; Owens 2002). This variation reflects differences in the characteristics of the SH population and background national suicide rates. During the first year after a SH episode, the risk in the UK is 50 to 100 times that of the general population (Cooper 2005; Hawton 1988; Hawton 2003b). Of people who die by suicide, over half will have a history of SH (Foster 1997), and at least 15% will have presented to hospital with SH in the preceding year (Gairin 2003). A history of SH is the strongest risk factor for suicide across a range of psychiatric disorders (Sakinofsky 2000). Repetition of SH further increases the risk of suicide (Zahl 2004).

Description of the intervention

Psychosocial interventions include a wide variety of treatments, for example cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT), problem‐solving therapy, behaviour therapy, and dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT). Treatments may vary in relation to the initial management; the location of treatment; the continuity, intensity or frequency of contact with a therapist; and the mode of delivery (individual or group‐based). We included treatments that focused on specific subgroups of SH patients in this review. These subgroups may be defined in terms of age, psychological characteristics or psychiatric diagnoses, substance misuse, and history of repetition of self‐harm. We also included studies of strategies to maintain contact with patients, such as visits to patients with poor therapeutic adherence, and contact by telephone, post and electronic means.

How the intervention might work

The mechanisms of action of psychosocial interventions might include helping people improve their coping skills and self‐esteem, tackle specific problems, overcome psychiatric disorders, increase their sense of social connectedness, and reduce impulsivity, aggression and unhelpful reactions to distressing situations.

CBT‐based psychotherapy

CBT aims to help patients identify and critically evaluate the way in which they interpret and evaluate disturbing emotional experiences and events and then change the way they deal with problems (Westbrook 2011). The therapy has three steps. First, therapists help patients change the way in which they interpret and evaluate distressing emotions. Secondly, patients learn strategies to help them change the way they think about the meaning and consequences of these emotions. Lastly, with the benefit of modified interpretation of emotions and events, the therapy helps patients to change their behaviour and especially to develop positive functional behaviour (Jones 2012).

Problem‐solving therapy, which is an integral part of CBT, assumes that psychopathological processes such as SH are ineffective and maladaptive coping behaviours. Patients might overcome them by learning skills to actively, constructively and effectively solve the problems they face in their daily life (Nezu 2010). Therapists might achieve this by encouraging patients to consciously and rationally appraise problems, reduce or modify the negative emotions generated by problems, and develop a range of possible solutions to address their problems (D'Zurilla 2010). Treatment goals include helping patients to develop a positive problem‐solving orientation, use rational problem‐solving strategies, reduce the tendency to avoid problem‐solving, and reduce the use of impulsive problem‐solving strategies (Washburn 2012).

Our rationale for including CBT and problem‐solving therapy approaches in a single category of CBT‐based psychotherapy in this review is that they share common elements. For example, problem‐solving therapy incorporates other elements of behaviour therapy and constitutes a key part of cognitive behavioural therapy; also, cognitive‐behavioural strategies are important for effective problem‐solving therapy (Hawton 1989; Westbrook 2011)

Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder

The goal of emotion‐regulation training is to help patients find adaptive ways to respond to distress instead of trying to control, suppress or otherwise avoid experiencing these emotions through behaviours such as SH (Gratz 2007). Emotion‐regulation training therefore helps patients in four stages: first, to become more aware and accepting of their emotional experiences; second, to engage in goal‐directed behaviours whilst inhibiting the expression of impulsive ones; third, to use appropriate strategies to moderate the intensity and duration of their emotional responses; and fourth, to become more accepting of negative emotional experiences within their daily life (Gratz 2004).

Dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT) combines problem‐solving training, skills training, cognitive modification training and mindfulness techniques to encourage patients to accept their thoughts, feelings, and behaviours without necessarily attempting to change, suppress, or avoid these experiences (Lynch 2006; Washburn 2012). Within this framework, the aim of DBT is to help patients better regulate their emotions, achieve a sense of interpersonal effectiveness, become more tolerant of distressing thoughts and feelings, and become better at managing their own thoughts and behaviours (Linehan 1993b; Linehan 2007). The primary treatment goals of DBT are therefore threefold: to reduce SH, to reduce behaviours that interfere with treatment success (e.g., treatment non‐adherence), and to reduce any other factors that may adversely affect the patient's quality of life (e.g., frequency and duration of psychiatric hospitalisations) (Linehan 1993b). As the aim of DBT is to help patients change or adjust to significant personality characteristics, treatment is intensive and relatively prolonged.

Mentalisation refers to the ability to understand the actions of both the self and of others as meaningful given knowledge of the desires, beliefs, feelings, emotions, and motivations that underscore their behaviour (Bateman 2004; Choi‐Kain 2008). During times of interpersonal stress, however, individuals may fail to represent experiences in terms of mental states and instead become overwhelmed with negative thoughts and feelings about the self (Rossouw 2013). Behaviours such as SH may then represent an escape from these negative self‐evaluations. Mentalisation therapy aims to improve patients' ability to empathise with others in order to develop the ability to see how their own behaviours may have an impact on the feelings of others, and to regulate their own emotions more effectively (Rossouw 2013).

Case management

Case management in mental health services has mainly been developed for more severely ill patients. "In its simplest form . . . case management is a means of co‐ordinating services. Each. . . person is assigned a 'case manager' who is expected to assess that person's needs; develop a care plan; arrange for suitable care to be provided; monitor the quality of the care provided; and maintain contact with the person (Holloway 1991)" (Marshall 2000a, p. 2). Case management might have a significant role in the aftercare of self‐harm patients because of the recognised problem of poor treatment adherence in many patients and the heterogeneous nature of the problems patients are often facing (Hawton 2003b; Lizardi 2010). It has included, for example, provision of a care manager, crisis intervention, problem solving, assistance with getting to clinical appointments, and assertive outreach, each provided according to individual patient need (Morthorst 2012).

Treatment adherence enhancement approaches

These approaches include specific efforts to maintain contact with patients, such as following up patients in the community who fail to attend outpatient appointments (Van Heeringen 1995). It also includes strategies to encourage adherence with treatment (Hvid 2011).

Having the same clinician who assessed a patient initially also providing any aftercare intervention may increase treatment adherence and may also have an advantage in that the clinician is already acquainted with the patient's problems and needs.

Remote contact interventions

Remote contact interventions typically involve sending regular letters or postcards to patients. Patients may view this kind of intervention as a 'gesture of caring' that may help to counteract the sense of social isolation many SH patients experience (Cooper 2011). This sense of "social connectedness" may, in turn, have a stabilising emotional effect (Motto 2001).

Another type of remote contact intervention involves the use of emergency cards, which may encourage patients to seek help when they feel distressed as well as offering provision for on‐demand emergency contact with psychiatric services (Kapur 2010).

The fact that in many countries most individuals have their own general practitioner (GP) can also facilitate provision of care directly following SH. Interventions may include guidance for GPs on treating and managing problems commonly experienced by SH patients (e.g., depression, substance misuse, life problems). Such advice may also include advising GPs on referral of SH patients to local community services (Bennewith 2002).

Telephone contact with patients following discharge from hospital can also help to ensure a continuing sense of contact with the service and be used to provide advice and possibly psychotherapy.

The immediacy that psychotherapy by mobile telephone can achieve, when compared with standard clinic‐based psychotherapy, may help with crisis management in times of distress (Marasinghe 2012).

Why it is important to do this review

SH is a major social and healthcare problem.  It is responsible for significant morbidity, is often repeated, and has strong links to suicide. It also leads to substantial healthcare costs (Sinclair 2011). Many countries now have suicide prevention strategies (WHO 2014), which include a focus on improved management of patients presenting with SH due to their greatly elevated suicide risk and their high levels of psychopathology and distress. The National Suicide Prevention Strategy for England (Her Majesty's Government Department of Health 2012) and the US suicide prevention strategy (Office of the Surgeon General 2012), for example, highlight SH patients as a high risk group for special attention.

In recent years there has been considerable focus on improving the standards of general hospital care for SH patients. The Royal College of Psychiatrists published consensus guidelines for such services in 1994 and a further guideline in 2004 (Royal College of Psychiatrists 1994; Royal College of Psychiatrists 2004). While these guidelines focus particularly on organisation of services and assessment of patients, there clearly also need to be effective treatments for SH patients. These may include both psychosocial and pharmacological interventions. In 2004 the National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) produced a guideline on self‐harm, which focused on its short‐term physical and psychological management (NCCMH 2004). More recently, NICE produced a second guide focused particularly on long‐term management, using some interim data from the present review as the evidence base for therapeutic interventions (NICE 2011). A similar guideline was produced in Australia and New Zealand (Boyce 2003). We had previously conducted a systematic review of treatment interventions for SH patients in terms of reducing repetition of SH (including suicide); this review highlighted the paucity of evidence for effective treatments, at least in terms of this outcome (Hawton 1998; Hawton 1999). The first NICE guideline essentially reinforced this conclusion (NCCMH 2004). However, there was emerging evidence for beneficial effects of short‐term psychological therapy on other outcomes (depression, hopelessness, and problem resolution) (Townsend 2001). Using interim data from the present review, the second NICE guideline concluded that there was evidence showing clinical benefit of CBT‐based psychotherapeutic interventions in reducing repetition of self‐harm, compared with routine care (NICE 2011).

We have now fully updated our original review in order to provide current evidence to guide clinical policy and practice. Previous versions of this review included SH patients of any age and both psychosocial and pharmacological interventions. We have now divided this research into three separate reviews, one of interventions in children and adolescents (Hawton 2015a), another of pharmacological interventions in adults (Hawton 2015b), and this, the third, focused on psychosocial interventions in adults. We have also now included data on treatment adherence, depression, hopelessness, problem‐solving, and suicidal ideation.

Objectives

To assess the effects of specific psychosocial treatments versus either treatment as usual, enhanced usual care or other forms of alternative psychotherapy, in adults following SH.

Methods

Criteria for considering studies for this review

Types of studies

We included randomised controlled trials, including cluster‐randomised, multi‐arm, and cross‐over trials of specific psychosocial interventions versus any comparator (e.g., treatment as usual [TAU]/enhanced usual care [EUC]/other alternative forms of psychotherapy) in the treatment of adult SH patients.

Types of participants

Participant characteristics

Participants were adult men and women (aged 18 and over) of all ethnicities. We also included trials where there were a small minority (< 15%) of adolescent participants. However, we undertook sensitivity analyses to assess the effect of including such studies.

Diagnosis

We included participants who had engaged in any type of non‐fatal intentional self‐poisoning or self‐injury in the six months prior to trial entry resulting in presentation to clinical services. There were no restrictions on the frequency with which patients engaged in SH; thus, for example, we included trials where participants had frequently repeated SH (e.g., those with self‐harming behaviour associated with borderline personality disorder).

We defined SH as any non‐fatal intentional act of self‐poisoning or self‐injury, irrespective of degree of suicidal intent or other types of motivation. Thus we included acts intended to result in death (attempted suicide), those without suicidal intent (e.g., to communicate distress, to temporarily reduce unpleasant feelings), and those with mixed motivation. Self poisoning includes both overdoses of medicinal drugs and ingestion of substances not intended for consumption (e.g., pesticides). Self‐injury includes acts such as self‐cutting, self‐mutilation, attempted hanging, and jumping in front of moving vehicles. We only included trials where participants presented to clinical services as a result of SH.

Co‐morbidities

There were no restrictions on included patients in terms of whether or not they had psychiatric disorders nor with regard to the nature of those disorders, with the exception of intellectual disability, as any SH behaviour is likely to be repetitive (e.g., head banging), and the purpose of this behaviour is usually different from that involved in SH (NICE 2011).

Setting

Interventions delivered in inpatient or outpatient settings were eligible for inclusion, as were trials from any country.

Subset data

We did not include trials in which only some participants had engaged in SH or trials in people with psychiatric disorders where SH was an outcome variable but not an inclusion criterion for entry into the trial.

Types of interventions

Comparisons included in this review were between any psychosocial intervention and any comparator (e.g., TAU/EUC/other alternative forms of psychotherapy, or placebo). As the trials included in this review assessed a wide variety of interventions, we developed categories or groups of interventions. This categorisation was based on consensus discussions within the review team and included decisions about combining trials in which there were superficial differences between treatments but the key methodologies between trials were similar. In some cases we sought more details of the therapy from authors to assist this process. Categorisation reflected both prior views on types of psychotherapy and the types of interventions that were identified as a result of the systematic review of the literature.

Experimental interventions

These included:

  1. CBT‐based psychotherapy;

  2. interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder;

  3. case management;

  4. treatment adherence enhancement approaches;

  5. mixed multimodal interventions;

  6. remote contact interventions;

  7. other mixed interventions.

Comparator interventions
Treatment as usual

As treatment as usual (TAU) is likely to vary widely between settings, following previous work we defined TAU as any care that patient would receive had they not been included in the trial (i.e., routine care) (Hunt 2013).

Enhanced usual care

Enhanced usual care (EUC) refers to TAU that has in some way been supplemented, for example through the provision of psycho‐education, assertive outreach, or more regular contacts with case managers.

Treatment by expert

This typically consists of a treatment by a widely recognised authority with significant experience in treating individuals following SH.

Other alternative forms of psychotherapy

This included other forms of psychotherapy designed to be of lower duration or intensity than the experimental intervention and could include:

  1. brief or short‐term psychotherapy;

  2. standard case management;

  3. standard dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT).

Types of outcome measures

Primary outcomes

The primary outcome measure in this review was the occurrence of repeated SH (defined above) over a maximum follow‐up period of two years. Repetition was identified through at least one of the following: self‐report, collateral report, clinical records, or research monitoring systems. As we wished to incorporate the maximum amount of data from each trial, we included both self‐reported and hospital records of SH where available. We also assessed frequency of repetition of SH.

Secondary outcomes
1. Treatment adherence

This was assessed using a range of measures of adherence, including the proportion of participants that both started and completed treatment, pill counts, and changes in blood measures.

2. Depression

This was assessed either continuously, as scores on psychometric measures of depression symptoms (for example total scores on Beck Depression Inventory (BDI; Beck 1961) or scores on the depression sub‐scale of the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale (HADS; Zigmond 1983)), or dichotomously, as the proportion of patients reaching defined diagnostic criteria for depression. We included both patient‐ and clinician‐reported instruments.

3. Hopelessness

This was assessed as scores on psychometric measures of hopelessness, for example total scores on the Beck Hopelessness Scale (BHS; Beck 1974). We included both patient‐ and clinician‐reported instruments.

4. Suicidal ideation

This was assessed suicidal ideation either continuously, as scores on psychometric measures (for example total scores on the Beck Scale for Suicidal Ideation (BSSI; Beck 1988)), or dichotomously, as the proportion of patients reaching a defined cut‐off for ideation. We included both patient‐ and clinician‐reported instruments.

5. Problem solving

Problem solving ability was assessed either continuously, as scores on psychometric measures (for example total scores on the Problem‐Solving Inventory (PSI; Heppner 1988)), or dichotomously, as the proportion of patients with improved problems. We included both patient‐ and clinician‐reported instruments.

6. Suicide

This included both register‐recorded deaths and reports from collateral informants such as family or neighbours.

Timing of the outcome assessment

We reported outcomes for the following time points.

  1. At the conclusion of the treatment period.

  2. Between 0 and 6 months after the conclusion of the treatment period.

  3. Between 6 and 12 months after the conclusion of the treatment period.

  4. Between 12 and 24 months after the conclusion of the treatment period.

Hierarchy of outcome assessment

Where a trial measured the same outcome (e.g., depression) in two or more ways, we used the most common measure across trials in any meta‐analysis, but we also reported scores from the other measure in the text of the review.

Search methods for identification of studies

Electronic searches

1. The Cochrane Depression, Anxiety and Neurosis Review Group Specialised Register (CCDANCTR)

The Cochrane Depression, Anxiety and Neurosis Group (CCDAN) maintains two clinical trials registers at their editorial base in Bristol, UK: a references register and a studies‐based register. The CCDANCTR‐References Register contains over 39,500 reports of randomised controlled trials on depression, anxiety and neurosis. Approximately 60% of these references have been tagged to individual, coded trials. The coded trials are held in the CCDANCTR‐Studies register and records are linked between the two registers through the use of unique study ID tags. Coding of trials is based on the EU‐PSI Coding Manual. Please contact the CCDAN Trials Search Coordinator for further details.

Reports of trials for inclusion in the group's registers are collated from weekly generic searches of MEDLINE (1950 to date), EMBASE (1974 to date) and PsycINFO (1967 to date), as well as quarterly searches of the Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL).

We searched the CCDANCTR (Studies and References) database on 29 April 2015 using terms for self‐harm (condition only), as outlined in Appendix 1.

We applied no restrictions on date, language, or publication status to the search.

2. Additional electronic database searches

Sarah Stockton, librarian at the University of Oxford, conducted earlier searches (1998 to October 2013) of MEDLINE, EMBASE, PsycINFO and CENTRAL (The Cochrane Library), following the search strategy outlined in Appendix 2. As the CCDANCTR already contains relevant reports of RCTs from these databases, it was unnecessary to re‐search these. Additionally, KW searched the Australian Suicide Prevention RCT Database (Christensen 2014). KW also conducted electronic searches of ClinicalTrials.gov and the ISRCTN registry using the keywords random* AND suicide attempt* OR self$harm* to identify relevant ongoing trials.

Both the original version of this review as well as an unpublished version also incorporated searches of the following databases: SIGLE (1980 to March 2005) and SocioFile (1963 to July 2006).

We updated the search of ClinicalTrials.gov and the ISRCTN registry to 29 April 2015.

Searching other resources

Handsearching

For the original version of this review the authors hand‐searched 10 specialised journals within the fields of psychology and psychiatry, including all English language suicidology journals, as outlined in Appendix 3. As these journals are now indexed in major electronic databases, we did not repeat hand‐searching for this update.

Reference lists

We checked the reference lists of all relevant papers known to our review team as well as the reference lists of major reviews that include a focus on interventions for SH patients (Baldessarini 2003; Baldessarini 2006; Beasley 1991; Brausch 2012; Burns 2000; Cipriani 2005; Cipriani 2013; Comtois 2006; Crawford 2007a; Crawford 2007b; Daigle 2011; Daniel 2009; Dew 1987; Gould 2003; Gray 2001; Gunnell 1994; Hawton 1998; Hawton 1999; Hawton 2012; Hennen 2005; Hepp 2004; Hirsch 1982; Kapur 2010; Kliem 2010; Lester 1994; Links 2003b; Lorillard 2011a; Lorillard 2011b; Luxton 2013; Mann 2005; McMain 2007b; Milner 2015; Möller 1989; Möller, 1992; Montgomery 1995; Muehlenkamp 2006; Müller‐Oerlinghausen 2005; Nock 2007; Ougrin 2011; Ougrin 2015; Tarrier 2008b; Tondo 1997; Tondo 2000; Tondo 2001; Townsend 2001; Van der Sande 1997b).

Correspondence

We consulted trial authors and other experts in the field of suicidal behaviour to find out if they were aware of any ongoing or unpublished RCTs concerning the use of psychosocial interventions for adult SH patients.

Data collection and analysis

For details of the data collection and analysis methods used in the original version of this review, see Appendix 4.

Selection of studies

For this review update all review authors independently assessed the titles of trials identified by the systematic search for eligibility. A distinction was made between:

  1. eligible trials that compared any psychosocial intervention with a control (e.g., treatment as usual (TAU), enhanced usual care (EUC), or other alternative forms of psychotherapy);

  2. general treatment trials (without any control treatment).

All trials identified as potentially eligible for inclusion underwent a second screening. Pairs of review authors, working independently from one another, screened the full text of relevant trials to identify whether the trials met our inclusion criteria.

We resolved disagreements following consultation with KH. Where we could not resolve disagreements based on the information reported within the trial, or where it was unclear whether the trial satisfied our inclusion criteria, we contacted authors to provide additional clarification.

Data extraction and management

In the current update, KW and one other author (TTS, EA, DG, PH, ET or KvH) independently extracted data from included trials using a standardised extraction form. In case of disagreement, authors resolved them through consensus discussions with KH.

Data extracted from each eligible trial included participant demographics, details of the treatment and control interventions, and information on the outcome measures used to evaluate the efficacy of the intervention. We contacted study authors to obtain raw data for outcomes that were not reported in the full text of included trials.

We extracted both dichotomous and continuous outcome data from eligible trials. As the use of non‐validated psychometric scales is associated with bias, we extracted continuous data only if the psychometric scale used to measure the outcome of interest had been previously published in a peer‐reviewed journal and was not subjected to item, scoring, or other modification by the trial authors (Marshall 2000b).

We planned the following main comparisons.

  1. CBT‐based psychotherapy versus TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy.

  2. Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder versus TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy.

  3. Case management versus TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy.

  4. Treatment adherence enhancement approaches versus TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy.

  5. Mixed multimodal interventions versus TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy.

  6. Remote contact interventions versus TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy.

  7. Other mixed interventions versus TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy.

Assessment of risk of bias in included studies

Given that highly biased trials are more likely to overestimate treatment effectiveness (Moher 1998), KW and one of TTS, EA, DG, PH, ET or KvH independently evaluated the quality of included trials by using the criteria described in Higgins 2008a. This tool encourages consideration of the following domains:

  1. Random sequence generation.

  2. Allocation concealment.

  3. Blinding of participants and personnel.

  4. Blinding of outcome assessment.

  5. Incomplete outcome data.

  6. Selective outcome reporting.

  7. Other bias.

We judged each source of potential bias as conferring low, high or unclear risk of bias, and we incorporated a supporting quotation from the report to justify this judgment. Where the original report provided inadequate details of the randomisation, blinding, or outcome assessment procedures, we contacted authors for clarification. We resolved disagreements through discussion with KH and reported risk of bias for each included trial in the text of the review. For cluster‐randomised and cross‐over trials, we used appropriate methods of assessing bias as outlined in Higgins 2011, sections 16.3.2 and 16.4.3.

Measures of treatment effect

Dichotomous outcomes

We summarised dichotomous outcomes, such as the number of participants engaging in a repeat SH episode and the number of deaths by suicide, using summary odds ratios (OR) and the accompanying 95% confidence interval (CI), as the OR is the most appropriate effect size statistic for summarising associations between two dichotomous groups (Fleiss 1994).

Continuous outcomes

For outcomes reported on a continuous scale, we used mean differences (MD) and accompanying 95% CI where trials employed the same outcome measure. Where studies used different scales to assess a given outcome, we used the standardised mean difference (SMD) and its accompanying 95% CI.

We only aggregated trials for the purposes of meta‐analysis if treatments were sufficiently similar. For trials that could not be included in a meta‐analysis, we have instead provided narrative descriptions of the results.

Unit of analysis issues

Zelen design trials

Trials in this area increasingly employ Zelen's method, in which investigators obtain consent after randomisation and treatment allocation. This design may lead to bias if, for example, participants allocated to one particular arm of the trial disproportionally refuse to provide consent for participation or, alternatively, if participants only provide consent provided they are allowed to cross over to the active treatment arm (Torgerson 2004). We included four trials that employed Zelen's method in this review (Carter 2005; Hatcher 2011; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015). Given the uncertainty of whether to use data for the primary outcome based on all those randomised to the trial, or only those who consented to participation, we extracted data for the primary outcome measure using both sources where possible. We also conducted sensitivity analyses by excluding these trials to investigate what impact, if any, their inclusion had on the pooled estimate of treatment effectiveness.

Cluster‐randomised trials

Cluster randomisation, for example by clinician or general practice, can lead to overestimation of the significance of a treatment effect, resulting in an inflation of the nominal type I error rate, unless there is appropriate adjustment for the effects of clustering (Donner 2002; Kerry 1998). We planned to statistically adjust for the effects of clustering following the guidance outlined in Higgins 2008b, section 16.3.4. Clustering was an issue in one included study (Bennewith 2002); however, we were unable to adjust for the effects of clustering in subsequent analyses as the study authors could not provide us with either the intercluster coefficient or the design effect.

Cross‐over trials

A primary concern with cross‐over trials is the 'carry‐over' effect, in which the effect of the intervention treatment (e.g., pharmacological, physiological, or psychological) influences the participant's response to the subsequent control condition (Elbourne 2002). As a consequence, on entry to the second phase of the trial participants may differ systematically from their initial state despite a wash‐out phase. This, in turn, may result in a concomitant underestimation of the effectiveness of the treatment intervention (Curtin 2002a; Curtin 2002b). One trial included in the current update used cross‐over methodology (i.e., Marasinghe 2012). To protect against the carry‐over effect, we only extracted data from the first phase of this trial, prior to cross‐over.

Studies with multiple treatment groups

Two trials in the current review included multiple treatment groups (Stewart 2009; Wei 2013). As both intervention arms in the Stewart 2009 trial investigated the effectiveness of CBT‐based psychotherapy, we combined dichotomous data from these two arms and compared them with data from the TAU arm. For outcomes reported on a continuous scale, we combined data using the formula given in Higgins 2011, section 7.7.3.8. Wei 2013 compared two different psychotherapies with TAU, namely CBT‐based psychotherapy and telephone contact. Therefore we included this trial in both categories of intervention using the data from the relevant experimental arm. As we did not combine these interventions in any meta‐analysis, we used the same TAU data for both analyses.

Studies with adjusted effect size estimates

None of the trials included in the current update calculated adjusted effect sizes. In future updates of this review, however, where trials report both unadjusted and adjusted effect sizes, we will include only unadjusted effect sizes.

Dealing with missing data

We as review authors did not impute missing data, as we considered that the bias that would be introduced by doing this would have outweighed any benefit (in terms of increased statistical power) that may have been gained by the inclusion of imputed data. However, where authors omitted standard deviations (SD) for continuous measures, we estimated these using the method described in Townsend 2001.

Dichotomous data

Although many authors conducted their own intention‐to‐treat analyses, few presented intention‐to‐treat analyses as defined by Higgins 2008b. Therefore, we based outcome analyses for both dichotomous and continuous data on all information available on trial participants. For dichotomous outcomes, we included data on only those participants whose results were known, using as the denominator the total number of participants with data for the particular outcome of interest, as recommended (Higgins 2008b).

Continuous data

For continuous outcomes, we included data only on observed cases.

Missing data

Where data on outcomes of interest were incomplete or excluded from the text of the trial, we contacted authors to request further information.

Assessment of heterogeneity

It is possible to assess between‐study heterogeneity using either the Chi2 or I2 statistic. In this review, however, we used only the I2 statistic to determine heterogeneity, as Higgins 2003 considers this to be more reliable. The I2 statistic indicates the percentage of between‐study variation due to chance and can take any value from 0% to 100% (Higgins 2003). We used the following values to denote unimportant, moderate, substantial, and considerable heterogeneity, respectively: 0% to 40%, 30% to 60%, 50% to 90%, and 75% to 100% as per the guidance in the Cochrane Handbook for Systematic Reviews of Interventions (Deeks 2008, section 9.5.2). Where we found substantial levels of heterogeneity (i.e., ≥ 75%), we explored possible reasons. We also planned to investigate heterogeneity even when the I2 statistic was lower than 75% but either the direction or magnitude of a trial effect size was clearly discrepant from that of other trials included in the meta‐analysis (see Subgroup analysis and investigation of heterogeneity section for further information on these analyses).

We also report heterogeneity in the results section but only when we observed substantial levels, as indicated by an I2 statistic of 75% or greater.

Assessment of reporting biases

Reporting bias occurs when the direction and significance of a particular trial's results influence the decision to publish a report on it (Egger 1997). Research suggests, for example, that trials with statistically significant findings are more likely to be submitted and subsequently accepted for publication (Hopewell 2009), leading to possible overestimation of the true treatment effect. To assess whether trials included in any meta‐analysis were affected by reporting bias, we entered data into a funnel plot but only, as recommended, when a meta‐analysis included results of at least 10 trials. Where evidence of any small‐study effects were identified, we explored reasons for funnel plot asymmetry, including the presence of publication bias (Egger 1997).

Data synthesis

For the purposes of meta‐analysis, we calculated the pooled OR and accompanying 95% CI using the random‐effects model, as this is the most appropriate model for incorporating heterogeneity between trials (Deeks 2008, section 9.5.4). Specifically, we used the Mantel‐Haenszel method for dichotomous data and the inverted variance method for continuous data. However, we also undertook a fixed‐effect analysis to investigate the potential effect of method choice on the estimates of treatment effect. We descriptively report any material differences in ORs between these two methods in the text of the review. All analyses were conducted in Review Manager, version 5 (RevMan 2014).

Subgroup analysis and investigation of heterogeneity

Subgroup analyses

In the original version of this review, we planned to undertake subgroup analyses by repeater status (i.e., history of multiple episodes of SH vs first known episode of SH) and gender but found there were insufficient data. Consequently, in this update we only undertook a priori subgroup analyses by sex or repeater status where there were sufficient data to do so.

Investigation of heterogeneity

Where meta‐analyses were associated with substantial levels of between‐study heterogeneity (i.e., as indicated by an I2 statistic ≥ 75%), KH and KW first independently triple‐checked the data to ensure that the review team had correctly entered the data. Assuming this was the case, we investigated the source of heterogeneity by visually inspecting the forest plot and removing each trial that had a very different result from the general pattern of the others until homogeneity was restored as indicted by an I2 statistic < 75%. We have reported the results of this sensitivity analysis in the text of the review alongside hypotheses regarding the likely causes of heterogeneity.

Sensitivity analysis

We undertook sensitivity analyses, where appropriate, as outlined below.

  1. Trial/s that used Zelen's method of randomisation (see Unit of analysis issues section).

  2. Trial/s that contributed substantial levels of between‐study heterogeneity (see Subgroup analysis and investigation of heterogeneity section).

  3. Trial/s that included some adolescent participants.

  4. Trial/s that specifically recruited individuals diagnosed with borderline personality disorder.

Summary of findings table

We prepared a 'Summary of findings' table for the primary outcome measure, repetition of SH, following recommendations outlined in Schünemann 2008a, section 11.5. This table provides information concerning the overall quality of evidence from each included trial. We prepared the 'Summary of findings' table using GRADEpro software (GRADE profiler). We assessed quality of the evidence following recommendations in Schünemann 2008b, section 12.2.

Results

Description of studies

Results of the search

In this update, the search strategy outlined in Appendix 1 and Appendix 2 yielded a total of 23,725 citations. We identified a further 10 trials that were ongoing at the time of the systematic search through correspondence and discussion with researchers in the field. All have subsequently been published.

In consultation with CCDAN, we divided the original review (Hawton 1998; Hawton 1999) into three separate reviews: the present review focuses on psychosocial interventions for adults, a second review deals with pharmacological interventions for adults (Hawton 2015b), and the third assesses interventions for children and adolescents (Hawton 2015a). Nine of the additional 10 trials evaluated psychosocial interventions for adults, and were therefore included in the present update. The remaining trial evaluated an intervention for children and adolescents; this is included in the related relevant review (i.e., Hawton 2015a).

After deduplication, the initial number of citations decreased to 16,700. Of these, we excluded 16,459 after screening the titles and abstracts and a further 217 after reviewing the full texts (Figure 1).


Search flow diagram of included and excluded studies for the 2014 update.

Search flow diagram of included and excluded studies for the 2014 update.

Included studies

In the previous versions of this review (Hawton 1998; Hawton 1999; NICE 2011), we included 36 trials of psychosocial interventions for adults following SH (Allard 1992; Bateman 2009; Bennewith 2002; Brown 2005; Carter 2005; Cedereke 2002; Clarke 2002; Dubois 1999; Evans 1999a; Evans 1999b; Fleischmann 2008; Gibbons 1978; Gratz 2006; Guthrie 2001; Hawton 1981; Hawton 1987a; Liberman 1981; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; McLeavey 1994; McMain 2009; Morgan 1993; Patsiokas 1985; Salkovskis 1990; Slee 2008; Stewart 2009; Torhorst 1987; Torhorst 1988; Turner 2000; Tyrer 2003; Vaiva 2006; Van der Sande 1997a; Van Heeringen 1995; Waterhouse 1990; Weinberg 2006; Welu 1977). The present update included information from an additional 19 trials (Beautrais 2010; Crawford 2010; Davidson 2014; Gratz 2014; Harned 2014; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Husain 2014; Hvid 2011; Kapur 2013a; Kawanishi 2014; Marasinghe 2012; McAuliffe 2014; Morthorst 2012; Priebe 2012; Tapolaa 2010; Wei 2013). The present review therefore included 55 non‐overlapping trials. Five further follow‐up studies (i.e., Bertolote 2010; Hassanzadeh 2010; McMain 2012, Vijayakumar 2011 and Xu 2012) provide additional data for two of these trials (Fleischmann 2008; McMain 2009).

We obtained unpublished data from corresponding authors from a further 36 trials (Bateman 2009; Beautrais 2010; Bennewith 2002; Brown 2005; Carter 2005; Cedereke 2002; Clarke 2002; Crawford 2010; Davidson 2014; Dubois 1999; Fleischmann 2008; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Guthrie 2001; Harned 2014; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Husain 2014; Hvid 2011; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; Marasinghe 2012; McAuliffe 2014; McMain 2009; Patsiokas 1985; Priebe 2012; Slee 2008; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Turner 2000; Tyrer 2003; Vaiva 2006; Wei 2013; Weinberg 2006).

We also identified 16 ongoing trials of psychosocial interventions following SH in adults (see Characteristics of ongoing studies section for further information on these trials).

Design

Study authors described all 55 independent trials as randomised controlled trials (RCTs). Most (number of studies k = 49; 89.1%) employed a simple randomisation procedure based on individual allocation to the intervention and control groups. Zelen's post‐randomisation consent design was used in four trials (Carter 2005; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011), a cluster‐randomisation procedure in one (Bennewith 2002), and a matched pair randomisation procedure in another (Cedereke 2002).

Participants

The included trials comprised a total of 17,699 participants. All had engaged in at least one episode of SH in the six months prior to randomisation.

Participant characteristics

In the 39 trials that recorded information on age, the average age of participants at randomisation was 30.9 years (SD 4.6). Twenty trials included a small number of adolescent participants (i.e., under 18 years of age at randomisation) (Carter 2005; Dubois 1999; Evans 1999b; Gibbons 1978; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Hawton 1987a; Husain 2014; Hvid 2011; Marasinghe 2012; McLeavey 1994; Morthorst 2012; Priebe 2012; Salkovskis 1990; Slee 2008; Van der Sande 1997a; Van Heeringen 1995; Wei 2013). However, investigators did not record the precise number in any of them. As the majority of participants in these trials were adults, we included them in the present review rather than in the related review specific to interventions for children and adolescents (i.e., Hawton 2015a). The majority of the sample was female in the 46 trials that recorded information on sex (k = 46; mean 69.2%), reflecting the typical pattern for SH (Hawton 2008).

Diagnosis

In all trials, a recent episode of SH was a requirement for trial entry. SH includes intentional acts of self‐harm (i.e., self‐poisoning or self‐injury) and not acts such as recreational use of drugs that may result in accidental harm.

A history of multiple episodes of SH was a requirement for participation in 13 trials (Evans 1999b; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Harned 2014; Liberman 1981; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; McMain 2009; Priebe 2012; Salkovskis 1990; Torhorst 1988; Tyrer 2003; Weinberg 2006). For an additional 28 trials, over half the sample had a history of multiple episodes of SH (Allard 1992; Bateman 2009; Beautrais 2010; Bennewith 2002; Brown 2005; Carter 2005; Cedereke 2002; Crawford 2010; Davidson 2014; Dubois 1999; Gibbons 1978; Guthrie 2001; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Husain 2014; Kapur 2013a; Marasinghe 2012; McAuliffe 2014; McLeavey 1994; Morthorst 2012; Patsiokas 1985; Slee 2008; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Turner 2000; Wei 2013; Welu 1977). In four further trials, just under half of the sample had a history of multiple episodes of SH (Clarke 2002: 47.0%; Evans 1999a: 47.6%; Kawanishi 2014: 49.2%; Van der Sande 1997a: 46.3%). We present the proportion with a prior history of SH in the remaining eight trials in Table 1. Morgan 1993 excluded those with a history of multiple episodes of SH from participation, whilst Torhorst 1987 provided no information on the proportion of the sample with a history of multiple episodes of SH.

Open in table viewer
Table 1. Proportion of the sample with a history of self‐harm prior to the index attempt

Reference

History of SH prior

to index episode

(%)

Fleischmann 2008

21.1

Hawton 1981

32.3

Hawton 1987a

31.2

Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011

34.2

Hvid 2011

38.3

Vaiva 2006

8.9a

Van Heeringen 1995

29.8

Waterhouse 1990

36.4

aProportion with more than four previous episodes of SH over the three‐year period preceding trial entry.

In around half of the included trials (k = 25; 45.4%), the authors stated either within the trial report or through correspondence that they included participants irrespective of whether or not the episode of SH involved suicidal intent (Bateman 2009; Beautrais 2010; Bennewith 2002; Clarke 2002; Davidson 2014; Fleischmann 2008; Harned 2014; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Hawton 1981; Hawton 1987a; Hvid 2011; Kapur 2013a; Liberman 1981; Linehan 2006; McAuliffe 2014; McMain 2009; Patsiokas 1985; Slee 2008; Tapolaa 2010; Torhorst 1987; Turner 2000; Tyrer 2003; Van Heeringen 1995; Waterhouse 1990). Seven trials included participants following a 'suicide attempt' (i.e., suggestive of evidence of suicidal intent) (Allard 1992; Cedereke 2002; Morthorst 2012; Salkovskis 1990; Torhorst 1988; Van der Sande 1997a; Wei 2013). A further five trials included participants only if there had been evidence of suicidal intent (Brown 2005; Kawanishi 2014; Marasinghe 2012; Stewart 2009; Welu 1977), whilst in an additional two, the majority of participants (76.5% and 74.0% respectively) expressed a wish to die (Guthrie 2001; Husain 2014). Gratz 2014 included participants only if there was no evidence of suicidal intent, whilst only 2.0% in one trial expressed a wish to die (Vaiva 2006). Thirteen trials did not report information on suicidal intent (Carter 2005; Crawford 2010; Dubois 1999; Evans 1999a; Evans 1999b; Gibbons 1978; Gratz 2006; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Linehan 1991; McLeavey 1994; Morgan 1993; Priebe 2012; Weinberg 2006).

Twenty‐five trials did not report information on the methods of SH for the index episode (Allard 1992; Bateman 2009; Cedereke 2002; Davidson 2014; Dubois 1999; Evans 1999b; Fleischmann 2008; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Hvid 2011; Kapur 2013a; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; Marasinghe 2012; McMain 2009; Morthorst 2012; Patsiokas 1985; Priebe 2012; Salkovskis 1990; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Turner 2000; Tyrer 2003; Wei 2013; Weinberg 2006). One trial provided information on the methods used in all episodes of SH (including the index episode) in the two years preceding trial entry (Liberman 1981). A total of 55.7% of these episodes involved self‐poisoning and 44.3% involved self‐injury. One additional trial provided information on methods used in the three months prior to trial entry with a total of 61 (67.8%) participants in this trial engaging in self‐injury at least once over this period; however, investigators did not specify the methods that the remaining 29 participants used for SH (Slee 2008). We present methods of SH for the remaining 28 trials in Table 2. In these trials, the majority of participants had engaged in self‐poisoning (k = 28; 79.9%). Two trials included only those who engaged in self‐injury (Harned 2014; Welu 1977), whilst in a further trial the majority of participants (75.6%) had engaged in self‐poisoning using pesticides (Husain 2014).

Open in table viewer
Table 2. Methods used for the index episode of self‐harm in included studies

Reference

Methoda

Self poisoning (any)

n (%)

Self poisoning (pesticides)

n (%)

Self injury (any)

n (%)

Combined self‐poisoning and self‐injury

n (%)

Unspecified

n (%)

Beautrais 2010b

250 (76.7)

64 (19.6)

15 (4.6)

Bennewith 2002

7,733 (89.7)

158 (8.2)

41 (2.1)

Brown 2005

70 (58.3)

33 (27.5)

17 (14.2)

Carter 2005

772 (100)

Clarke 2002b

442 (94.6)

25 (5.3)

8 (1.7)

Crawford 2010c

74 (71.8)

25 (24.3)

Evans 1999a

808 (97.7)

19 (2.3)

Gibbons 1978

400 (100)

Guthrie 2001

119 (100)

Harned 2014

26 (100)

Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011

2300 (100)

Hatcher 2011

471 (85.3)

81 (14.7)

Hatcher 2015

532 (77.8)

125 (18.3)

27 (3.9)

Hatcher 2016a

115 (68.9)

41 (24.5)

11 (6.6)

Hawton 1981

96 (100)

Hawton 1987a

80 (100)

Husain 2014b

65 (29.4)

167 (75.6)

4 (1.8)

Kawanishi 2014b

707 (77.3)

332 (36.3)

42 (4.6)

McAuliffe 2014d

161 (37.2)

57 (13.2)

4 (0.9)

Morgan 1993

207 (97.6)

5 (2.4)

McLeavey 1994

39 (100)

Torhorst 1987

141 (100)

Torhorst 1988

80 (100)

Vaiva 2006

605 (100)

Van der Sande 1997a

232 (84.7)

42 (15.3)

Van Heeringen 1995

463 (89.7)

53 (10.3)

Waterhouse 1990

77 (100)

Welu 1977

120 (100)

aRefers to the methods used for the index episode.
b Percentages are greater than 100% because participants may have used multiple methods.
c The remaining four (3.9%) participants used multiple, unspecified methods.
d Methods of self‐harm for the remaining 211 (48.7%) participants were not provided.

Comorbidities

We present information on current psychiatric diagnoses for all 55 trials in Table 3. Eight trials focused specifically on participants diagnosed with borderline personality disorder (Bateman 2009; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; McMain 2009; Turner 2000; Weinberg 2006), three focused on participants diagnosed with any personality disorder (Davidson 2014; Evans 1999b; Priebe 2012), one focused specifically on participants diagnosed with alcohol use (Crawford 2010), and one focused on participants with comorbid post‐traumatic stress disorder and borderline personality disorder (Harned 2014).

Open in table viewer
Table 3. Major categories of psychiatric diagnoses in included studies

Reference

Psychiatric diagnosisa

Major depression

n (%)

Any other mood disorder

n (%)

Any anxiety disorder

n (%)

Any psychotic disorder

n (%)

Post‐traumatic stress

n (%)

Any eating disorder

n (%)

Alcohol use disorder/dependence

n (%)

Drug use disorder/dependence

n (%)

Substance use disorder/dependence

n (%)

Adjustment disorder

n (%)

Borderline personality disorder

n (%)

Any other personality disorder n (%)

Allard 1992

130(86.7)

79 (52.7)

68 (45.3)

Bateman 2009

75 (56.0)

103 (76.9)

82 (61.2)

19 (14.2)

37 (27.6)

72 (53.7)

134 (100)

b

Beautrais 2010

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Bennewith 2002

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Brown 2005

92 (77.0)

36 (30.0)

48 (40.0)

82 (68.0)

Carter 2005

No information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis reportedc

Cedereke 2002d

91 (42.1)

62 (28.7)

Clarke 2002

98 (56.0)e

60 (34.0)e

12 (3.0)

26 (41.0)f

Crawford 2010

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Davidson 2014

17 (85.0)

20 (100)

Dubois 1999

43 (42.1)

13 (12.7)

Evans 1999a

707/827 (85.5) diagnosed with any major psychiatric disorder

Evans 1999b

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Fleischmann 2008

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Gibbons 1978

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Gratz 2006

22 (100)

Gratz 2014

31 (50.0)

38 (61.3)

22 (35.5)

8 (12.9)

1 (1.6)

62 (100)

b

Guthrie 2001

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Harned 2014

22 (83.3)

23 (87.5)

3 (12.5)

11 (41.7)

26 (100)

16 (62.5)

Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hatcher 2011

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hatcher 2015

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hatcher 2016a

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hawton 1981

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hawton 1987a

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Husain 2014

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hvid 2011

No information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis reported

Kapur 2013a

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Kawanishi 2014g

425(46.5)

179(19.6)

45 (4.9)

191 (20.9)

Liberman 1981

24 (100)

h

Linehan 1991

44 (100)

Linehan 2006

73 (72.3)

79 (78.2)

50 (49.5)

24 (23.8)

30 (29.7)

101(100)

b

Marasinghe 2012

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

McAuliffe 2014

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

McLeavey 1994

9 (23.1)

1 (2.5)

5 (12.8)

6 (15.4)

McMain 2009

88 (48.9)

135 (75.0)

71 (37.4)

24 (13.3)

17 (9.4)

180(100)

b

Morgan 1993

53 (25.0)

Morthorst 2012

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reportedi

Patsiokas 1985

No information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis reported

Priebe 2012j

80 (100)

Salkovskis 1990

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Slee 2008

80 (88.9)

50 (55.6)

15 (16.7)

15 (16.7)

Stewart 2009

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Tapolaa 2010

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Torhorst 1987

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Torhorst 1988

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Turner 2000

24 (100)

Tyrer 2003

471(98.1)

Vaiva 2006

No information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis reportedk

Van der Sande 1997a

86 (31.4)

40 (14.6)

Van Heeringen 1995

76 (14.7)

14 (2.7)

Waterhouse 1990

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Wei 2013

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reportedl

Weinberg 2006

30 (100)

Welu 1977

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

a All diagnoses represent current rather than lifetime diagnoses.
b As participants could be diagnosed with more than one axis II diagnosis, the absolute number of participants diagnosed with any other personality disorder in this trial is unclear.
c Median number (interquartile range) of psychiatric diagnoses in the both the intervention and control groups was 2 (1‐3). Information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis; however, were not reported.
d A total of 47/216 (21.7%) of the sample were diagnosed with any psychiatric disorder other than a mood or adjustment disorder.
e Diagnosed with a possible psychiatric disorder according to cut‐off scores on the Hamilton Anxiety and Depression Scale (HADS). Out of a total of 176 participants with complete ratings on this instrument.
f Diagnosed with problematic alcohol use according to cut‐off scores on the Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test (AUDIT). Out of a total of 63 participants with complete ratings on this instrument.
g An additional 73/914 (8.0%) were diagnosed with any other major psychiatric disorder.
h The authors state that "[m]ost patients would have been given personality disorder designations. . . including histrionic, narcissistic, borderline, avoidant, and dependent types" (p.1127). The absolute number of participants diagnosed with any one of these personality disorders in this trial is, however, unclear.
i A total of 14/243 (5.8%) participants had been admitted to a psychiatric inpatient ward in the four weeks prior to the index suicide attempt. These patients were therefore likely to have been diagnosed with a current major psychiatric illness.
j Mean (standard deviation (SD)) number of axis I psychiatric disorders was 8.0 (3.1) (n = 63) and mean (SD) number of axis II diagnoses was 3.5 (1.6) (n = 80).
k A total of 100/459 (21.8%) of participants had, however, been referred for psychiatric treatment at the time of the index suicide attempt. These patients were therefore likely to have been diagnosed with a current major psychiatric illness.
l A total of 166/239 (69.4%) were, however, diagnosed with a major psychiatric illness according to DSM‐IV‐TR criteria.

Details on comorbid diagnoses were not reported in the majority of trials (k = 49; 89.1%) (Allard 1992; Bateman 2009; Beautrais 2010; Bennewith 2002; Cedereke 2002; Clarke 2002; Crawford 2010; Dubois 1999; Evans 1999a; Evans 1999b; Fleischmann 2008; Gibbons 1978; Gratz 2006; Guthrie 2001; Harned 2014; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Hawton 1981; Hawton 1987a; Husain 2014; Hvid 2011; Kapur 2013a; Kawanishi 2014; Liberman 1981; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; Marasinghe 2012; McAuliffe 2014; McLeavey 1994; Morgan 1993; Morthorst 2012; Patsiokas 1985; Priebe 2012; Salkovskis 1990; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Torhorst 1987; Torhorst 1988; Turner 2000; Tyrer 2003; Vaiva 2006; Van der Sande 1997a; Van Heeringen 1995; Waterhouse 1990; Wei 2013; Weinberg 2006; Welu 1977). In Brown 2005, most participants (85.0%) were diagnosed with more than one psychiatric disorder; however, the authors did not provide information on specific diagnoses. In an additional three trials (Carter 2005; McMain 2009; Slee 2008), the median number of psychiatric diagnoses was greater than two, suggesting that participants in these trials were also diagnosed with more than one psychiatric disorder; however, none of the three reported further information on specific diagnoses. In one trial, 45.0% of the participants were diagnosed with comorbid personality disorder and substance misuse (Davidson 2014), whilst in another, just under half of the sample (45.9%) had a comorbid personality diagnosis (Gratz 2014).

Setting

Of the 55 independent RCTs included in this review, most took place in the United Kingdom (k = 17) or the United States (k = 12), followed by New Zealand (k = 4), Australia (k = 2), Canada (k = 2), Denmark (k = 2), France (k = 2), Germany (k = 2), the Netherlands (k = 2), and one each from Belgium, China, Finland, Iran, Japan, Pakistan, the Republic of Ireland, Sri Lanka, and Sweden. One trial was a multicentre study conducted in a number of countries.

Interventions

The trials included in this review investigated the effectiveness of various forms of psychosocial intervention.

  1. CBT‐based psychotherapy versus TAU (k = 18: Brown 2005; Davidson 2014; Dubois 1999; Evans 1999b; Gibbons 1978; Guthrie 2001; Hatcher 2011; Hawton 1987a; Husain 2014; McAuliffe 2014; Patsiokas 1985; Salkovskis 1990; Slee 2008; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Tyrer 2003; Wei 2013; Weinberg 2006).

  2. Interventions for multiple repetition of SH versus TAU (k = 6: Bateman 2009; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Linehan 1991; McMain 2009; Priebe 2012) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy (k = 3: Harned 2014; Linehan 2006; Turner 2000).

  3. Case management versus TAU (k = 4: Clarke 2002; Hvid 2011; Kawanishi 2014; Morthorst 2012).

  4. Treatment adherence enhancement approaches versus TAU (k = 1: Van Heeringen 1995) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy (k = 1: Torhorst 1987).

  5. Mixed multimodal interventions versus TAU (k = 2: Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015).

  6. Remote contact interventions versus TAU (k = 11: Beautrais 2010; Bennewith 2002; Carter 2005; Cedereke 2002; Evans 1999a; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Kapur 2013a; Marasinghe 2012; Morgan 1993; Vaiva 2006; Wei 2013).

  7. Other mixed interventions versus TAU (k = 5: Allard 1992; Crawford 2010; Fleischmann 2008; Van der Sande 1997a; Welu 1977) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy (k = 5: Hawton 1981; Liberman 1981; McLeavey 1994; Torhorst 1988; Waterhouse 1990).

Outcomes

Information on the primary outcome, repetition of SH, was available for all but one of the included trials (Patsiokas 1985). In the case of four trials, we obtained information on this outcome following correspondence with authors (Marasinghe 2012McAuliffe 2014McMain 2009Tapolaa 2010). For around half of the trials (k = 24; 43.6%), information on repetition of SH was based on self‐report (Brown 2005; Cedereke 2002; Davidson 2014; Evans 1999b; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Harned 2014; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hawton 1981; Hawton 1987a; Husain 2014; Liberman 1981; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; McMain 2009; Priebe 2012; Slee 2008; Tapolaa 2010; Torhorst 1988; Turner 2000; Vaiva 2006; Van Heeringen 1995; Wei 2013; Weinberg 2006), whilst in a further eight trials, collateral reports, hospital/clinical records, or both supplemented the self‐reported information (Allard 1992; Bateman 2009; Bennewith 2002; Fleischmann 2008; Guthrie 2001; Hvid 2011; Morthorst 2012; Tyrer 2003). In 11 trials, information on repetition of SH was based on hospital re‐presentations (Beautrais 2010; Carter 2005; Clarke 2002; Crawford 2010; Evans 1999a; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Kapur 2013a; Waterhouse 1990; Welu 1977), whilst in three others, investigators obtained the information from hospital or medical records (Gibbons 1978; Morgan 1993; Van der Sande 1997a). McLeavey 1994 used collateral records supplemented by hospital records to determine repetition of SH. McAuliffe 2014 used mixed methods to determine repetition of SH, using self‐reported information at the post‐intervention and six‐month follow‐up assessments and data on hospital re‐presentations at the 12 month follow‐up assessment. Patsiokas 1985 did not report information on repetition of SH, and our review team was unable to obtain this information through correspondence. The remaining seven trials provided no details about the source of the data on repetition of SH (Dubois 1999; Kawanishi 2014; Marasinghe 2012; Salkovskis 1990; Stewart 2009; Torhorst 1987).

The 19 trials that recorded information on treatment adherence assessed this using a variety of methods, including: the proportion of participants who completed the full course of treatment (Bateman 2009; Harned 2014; Husain 2014; Linehan 1991; McMain 2009; Priebe 2012; Slee 2008; Torhorst 1987; Turner 2000), the proportion of participants who attended at least one treatment session (Bennewith 2002; Cedereke 2002; Hawton 1981), and the number of treatment sessions attended (Brown 2005; Evans 1999b; Van Heeringen 1995). Three trials assessed treatment adherence using both the proportion of participants that completed the full course of treatment and the total number of treatment sessions attended (McAuliffe 2014; McLeavey 1994; Torhorst 1988), whilst the remaining trial assessed treatment adherence using both the proportion of participants who attended at least one treatment session and the total number of treatment sessions attended (Van der Sande 1997a).

Investigators assessed depression using the BDI in 13 trials (Bateman 2009; Fleischmann 2008; Gibbons 1978; Guthrie 2001; Hawton 1987a; Husain 2014; Linehan 1991; Marasinghe 2012; McAuliffe 2014; McMain 2009; Salkovskis 1990; Slee 2008; Tapolaa 2010), the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD; Hamilton 1960) in 3 trials (Harned 2014; Linehan 2006; Wei 2013), both the BDI and HRSD in 1 trial (Turner 2000), the Depression Anxiety Stress Scales (DASS; Lovibond 1995) in 2 trials (Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014), the Montgomery‐Åsberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS; Montgomery 1979) in 1 trial (Van der Sande 1997a), the depression sub‐scale of the HADS in 6 trials (Davidson 2014; Evans 1999b; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Tyrer 2003), both the BDI and the HRSD in 1 trial (Brown 2005), and both the BDI and the Zung Self‐Rating Depression Scale (ZSRDS; Zung 1965) in a further trial (Liberman 1981). In one trial it was not clear what scale the researchers used to assess depression (Torhorst 1988).

All 14 trials that recorded information on hopelessness assessed this using the BHS (Brown 2005; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Husain 2014; Kawanishi 2014; Linehan 1991; McAuliffe 2014; McLeavey 1994; Patsiokas 1985; Salkovskis 1990; Stewart 2009; Van der Sande 1997a; Waterhouse 1990).

Ten trials assessed suicidal ideation using the BSSI (Cedereke 2002; Davidson 2014; Guthrie 2001; Hatcher 2011; Husain 2014; Marasinghe 2012; McAuliffe 2014; Patsiokas 1985; Stewart 2009; Turner 2000), two trials used the Suicide Behaviors Questionnaire (SBQ; Linehan 1981) (Linehan 2006; Weinberg 2006), one trial used the Scale for Suicidal Ideators (SSI; Schotte 1982) (Linehan 1991), and one the suicidal ideation sub‐scale of the Psychiatric Status Schedule (PSS; Spitzer 1970) (Waterhouse 1990). Three trials measured suicidal ideation dichotomously as the proportion with self‐reported suicidal ideation (Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Liberman 1981; Wei 2013).

Hatcher 2011 assessed problem‐solving using the Social Problem‐Solving Inventory‐Revised (SPSI‐R; D'Zurilla 1996); Husain 2014 used the Coping Resource Inventory (CRI; Marting 1988); Patsiokas 1985, the Means‐Ends Problem Solving test (MEPS; Maydeu‐Olivares 1996); Salkovskis 1990, the Personal Questionnaire Rapid Scaling Technique (PQRST; Mulhall 1977); McAuliffe 2014 and McLeavey 1994, both the MEPS and Self‐Rated Problem Solving Scale (SRPSS; McLeavey 1987); Slee 2008, the oriented coping subscale of the Coping Inventory for Stressful Situations (CISS; Endler 1994); and Fleischmann 2008 (at one site of the World Health Organization's (WHO) multisite trial SUPRE‐MISS, as reported in Xu 2012), the problem‐solving sub‐scale of an idiosyncratic problem‐solving questionnaire. Gibbons 1978 and Hawton 1987a measured problem‐solving dichotomously as the proportion of participants self‐reporting improved problems at follow‐up.

In about half of the 44 trials (k = 24; 54.5%) that recorded information on completed suicide, the method used to assess this outcome was unclear (Bateman 2009; Beautrais 2010; Brown 2005; Clarke 2002; Davidson 2014; Dubois 1999; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Guthrie 2001; Harned 2014; Husain 2014; Kapur 2013a; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; Marasinghe 2012; McMain 2009; McLeavey 1994; Priebe 2012; Salkovskis 1990; Slee 2008; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Torhorst 1987; Weinberg 2006). In the 20 remaining trials, investigators used a variety of methods to assess completed suicide, including: collateral reports (Crawford 2010; Fleischmann 2008; Hawton 1987a; Wei 2013), Coroner's records (Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Hvid 2011; Tyrer 2003), hospital records, medical records or both (McAuliffe 2014; Morthorst 2012), mortality statistics (Carter 2005; Cedereke 2002; Kawanishi 2014; Van Heeringen 1995), collateral reports supplemented by medical records or Coroner's records (Allard 1992; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011), collateral report supplemented by mortality statistics (Van der Sande 1997a), hospital records, medical records or both, supplemented by mortality statistics (Vaiva 2006), or mortality statistics supplemented by Coroner's records (Evans 1999a).

Excluded studies

We excluded a total of 217 articles from this update: 94 in which not all participants engaged in SH; 60 that used a non‐randomised clinical trial design; 27 that were reviews, editorials, letters to the editor, or conference proceedings; 23 that were trial protocols; 11 where SH could have occurred at any point rather than within six months of randomisation; one that only presented data from one trial arm (although a related publication that presented data for both the intervention and control arms was eligible for inclusion), and one that reported data reported for a period beyond two years (although articles reporting data for earlier follow‐up periods for this trial were eligible for inclusion).

We excluded one trial that had been included in the original version of this review following advice from CCDAN due to bias in the method used to randomise participants to the intervention and control groups (Chowdhury 1973). We also had to exclude one further trial that otherwise met inclusion criteria for this review as correspondence with authors revealed that information on non‐fatal SH could not be disaggregated from information on completed suicide (Chen 2013).

We provide details on the reasons for excluding 52 trials clearly related to psychosocial interventions for suicidality in the Characteristics of excluded studies section.

Ongoing studies

We identified a total of 20 ongoing trials of psychosocial interventions for SH in adults. We provide full details of these trials in the Characteristics of ongoing studies section. We note that one of these trials has subsequently been terminated owing to the resignation of key clinical staff and a lack of ongoing funding (Agyapong 2013).

Studies awaiting classification

Four potentially relevant trials are currently awaiting assessment (see Characteristics of studies awaiting classification table), two of DBT (Andreasson 2016; Linehan 2015), one of a mixed multimodal intervention combining face‐to‐face psychosocial therapy with a remote contact intervention (Gysin‐Maillart 2016) and one trial testing the effectiveness of implementation intentions (volitional help sheet) in reducing suicidal ideation and behaviour (Armitage 2016).

Risk of bias in included studies

We present summaries of the overall risk of bias for the included trials in Figure 2 and Figure 3. Risk of bias for each included trial is also considered within the text of the review.


Methodological quality graph: review authors' judgements about each methodological quality item presented as percentages across all included studies.

Methodological quality graph: review authors' judgements about each methodological quality item presented as percentages across all included studies.


Risk of bias summary: review authors' judgements about each risk of bias item for each included study.

Risk of bias summary: review authors' judgements about each risk of bias item for each included study.

Allocation

Sequence generation

All of the 55 independent trials used random allocation. We considered the majority (k = 40; 72.7%) to have a low risk of bias for this item. In most trials a computer‐generated randomisation sequence was used to allocate adults to the experimental and control groups (Beautrais 2010; Brown 2005; Carter 2005; Guthrie 2001; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011; Husain 2014; Kapur 2013a; Kawanishi 2014; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; McAuliffe 2014; Morthorst 2012; Priebe 2012; Slee 2008; Tyrer 2003; Vaiva 2006; Van der Sande 1997a; Wei 2013). In two trials a minimisation algorithm was used to allocate participants to the experimental and control groups (Bateman 2009; Harned 2014) whilst in one a pre‐generated block randomisation procedure was used (McMain 2009). In the remaining trials a variety of other randomisation procedures were used, including: a random numbers table (Bennewith 2002; Clarke 2002; Crawford 2010; Davidson 2014; Fleischmann 2008; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hawton 1981; Hawton 1987a; Welu 1977), shuffled envelopes (Gibbons 1978; Morgan 1993; Salkovskis 1990; Waterhouse 1990; Weinberg 2006), numbers drawn from a hat (Stewart 2009), and coin tossing (Tapolaa 2010). In one trial details on the method used to allocate participants to the invention and control groups were not provided, but the authors undertook post hoc analyses to investigate the distribution of various pre‐treatment factors and found no significant difference in the distribution of these factors between the two groups, suggesting that the randomisation procedure used was unbiased (Turner 2000). We therefore also rated this trial as having low risk of bias for this item.

We rated 13 trials (23.6%) as having unclear risk of bias for sequence generation, as study authors provided no information on the method used to allocate participants to the experimental and control groups (Cedereke 2002; Dubois 1999; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Hvid 2011; Liberman 1981; Marasinghe 2012; Patsiokas 1985; Torhorst 1987; Torhorst 1988). In an additional three trials opaque, sealed envelopes were used, but it was unclear whether these were shuffled to ensure random sequence generation (Allard 1992; Evans 1999a; Evans 1999b). We rated the two remaining trials as having high risk of bias for this item, as investigators used an open numbers table to allocate participants to the experimental and control groups (McLeavey 1994; Van Heeringen 1995).

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

We considered just over half of the included trials to be at low risk of bias for allocation concealment (k = 31; 56.4%). A third‐party researcher working independently of the trial team handled allocation in nine trials (Beautrais 2010; Bennewith 2002; Clarke 2002; Guthrie 2001; Harned 2014; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hvid 2011; Morthorst 2012; Vaiva 2006), 14 trials used opaque, sealed envelopes (Allard 1992; Cedereke 2002; Crawford 2010; Evans 1999a; Evans 1999b; Gibbons 1978; Hawton 1981; Hawton 1987a; McMain 2009; Morgan 1993; Salkovskis 1990; Waterhouse 1990; Weinberg 2006; Van der Sande 1997a), and a remote/offsite researcher allocated participants in six trials (Bateman 2009; Fleischmann 2008; Husain 2014; Kawanishi 2014; Slee 2008; Tyrer 2003). In the one remaining trial information was not provided on the method used to conceal allocation, but correspondence with authors confirmed that they had adequately concealed allocation (Linehan 1991).

We rated a total of 18 trials (32.7%) as having unclear risk of bias for this item, as they provided no information on the method used to conceal allocation (Brown 2005; Davidson 2014; Dubois 1999; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Kapur 2013a; Liberman 1981; Linehan 2006; Marasinghe 2012; Patsiokas 1985; Priebe 2012; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Torhorst 1987; Torhorst 1988; Turner 2000; Wei 2013; Welu 1977). We also rated six trials as having a high risk of bias for this item. For four trials this was because the Zelen's design, in which participant consent is obtained after randomisation, was used (Carter 2005; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2011), whilst for the remaining two trials, this was because randomisation was via an open numbers table (McLeavey 1994; Van Heeringen 1995).

Blinding

Blinding was assessed separately for participants, clinical personnel, and outcome assessors.

Blinding of participants

Overall, we classified the majority of trials (k = 53; 96.4%) as having high risk of bias for blinding of participants, as it is generally not possible to blind participants to psychological therapy. In Harned 2014, correspondence with study authors clarified that allocation was concealed from participants until their first therapy session, at which point the therapist informed participants as to which treatment condition they had been allocated, confirming that participants were not blind to treatment allocation. We rated one trial as having low risk of bias for this item, as the authors asserted that "[t]he subjects were blinded as to their assignment" (Fleischmann 2008, p. 704). We rated the remaining trial as having an unclear risk of bias for this item; although authors did not provide any information on participant blinding, treatments were so similar that participants might have been blind to which treatment they were receiving (Liberman 1981).

Blinding of personnel

We classified the majority of trials (k = 52; 94.5%) as having high risk of bias for blinding of clinical personnel, as it is not possible to blind clinicians to the psychological therapy they are delivering. We rated one trial as having an unclear risk of bias for this item as, although GPs received a copy of the green (emergency) card given to participants randomised to the experimental group, it is unclear whether GPs were aware which of their patients received this card (Morgan 1993). We rated the two remaining trials as having a low risk of bias for this item, as clinicians were masked to allocation status (Beautrais 2010; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011).

Blinding of outcome assessors

As outcome assessors were blind to treatment allocation in 30 (54.5%) of the trials included in this review, we rated the majority of trials as having low risk of bias for blinding of outcome assessment. We rated 10 trials as having a high risk of bias for this item, as outcome assessor blinding was not possible: in four trials this was due to reliance on self‐reported information from participants who were not blind to treatment allocation (Guthrie 2001; Slee 2008; Torhorst 1987; Van Heeringen 1995), and in six it was due to issues related to feasibility, implementation, or both (Allard 1992; Brown 2005; Gratz 2006; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Stewart 2009; Waterhouse 1990). We rated the remaining 15 trials as having an unclear risk of bias for this item as they did not provide information on outcome assessor blinding (Bennewith 2002; Cedereke 2002; Dubois 1999; Fleischmann 2008; Liberman 1981; Morgan 1993; Morthorst 2012; Patsiokas 1985; Salkovskis 1990; Tapolaa 2010; Torhorst 1988; Tyrer 2003; Van der Sande 1997a; Wei 2013; Welu 1977).

Incomplete outcome data

For most trials the authors reported having conducted analyses on an intention‐to‐treat basis, earning them a rating of low risk for this item (k = 33; 60.0%), although the method used to conduct these analyses was not clear for the majority of these trials (Allard 1992; Bateman 2009; Beautrais 2010; Carter 2005; Cedereke 2002; Crawford 2010; Davidson 2014; Evans 1999a; Guthrie 2001; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hawton 1987a; Husain 2014; Hvid 2011; Kapur 2013a; Kawanishi 2014; Marasinghe 2012; Morgan 1993; Morthorst 2012; Salkovskis 1990; Turner 2000; Vaiva 2006; Van der Sande 1997a; Wei 2013; Weinberg 2006). Three used regression methods (Bennewith 2002; Clarke 2002; Priebe 2012), one used longitudinal modelling (Brown 2005), and one used Bayesian Markov chain Monte Carlo simulation (Gratz 2014). The remaining three trials combined intention‐to‐treat with per protocol analyses (Harned 2014; Hatcher 2011; McMain 2009; Slee 2008), so we also rated them as having low risk of bias for this item. We rated seven trials as having unclear risk, as insufficient information was provided to confirm whether intention‐to‐treat or per protocol analyses had been undertaken (Hawton 1981; Patsiokas 1985; Torhorst 1987; Torhorst 1988; Tyrer 2003; Waterhouse 1990; Van Heeringen 1995). We classified the remaining 15 trials as having high risk of bias because per protocol analyses were undertaken (Dubois 1999; Evans 1999b; Fleischmann 2008; Gibbons 1978; Gratz 2006; Hatcher 2015; Hatcher 2016a; Liberman 1981; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; McAuliffe 2014; McLeavey 1994; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Welu 1977).

Selective reporting

As the review authors did not have access to trial protocols for the trials included in this review, it is difficult to assess the extent to which selective outcome reporting could have occurred. Consequently, we classified the majority of trials as having an unclear risk of bias for this item (k = 52; 94.5%). We rated the remaining three trials as having high risk of bias for this outcome because data on pre‐specified outcomes were not reported in the text (Kawanishi 2014; McLeavey 1994; Torhorst 1987).

Other potential sources of bias

We classified most trials as having low risk of bias for this item as no evidence of other bias was apparent (k = 47; 85.4%). We rated seven trials as at high risk of bias for this item. Three had used Zelen's post‐consent randomisation procedure to allocate participants to the experimental and control groups (Hatcher 2011; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015). In an additional three there were substantial imbalances between the experimental and control groups on a number of putative risk factors for repetition of SH, despite randomisation (Beautrais 2010; Davidson 2014; Torhorst 1987). We rated the remaining trial as at high risk of other bias because a small number of participants in the control group (n = 20; 5.1%) mistakenly received the intervention treatment and yet were included in the control group for all subsequent analyses (Carter 2005). We rated one further trial as having unclear risk of bias for this item, as the participants were biased towards more compliant patients who were willing and able to attend a psycho‐education session at the commencement of treatment and were able to attend hospital regularly for case management sessions and follow‐up face‐to‐face interviews. Additionally, this trial excluded individuals who had engaged in non‐suicidal SH from participation (Kawanishi 2014).

Few trials used systematic means to investigate whether participants were able to guess if they had been allocated to the experimental or control arm.

Thirteen trials did not indicate the source of funding (Allard 1992; Dubois 1999; Hatcher 2016a; Hatcher 2015; McLeavey 1994; Morgan 1993; Patsiokas 1985; Salkovskis 1990; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Torhorst 1987; Turner 2000; Waterhouse 1990). Fifteen trials received funding from national medical associations, research organisations, or both (Brown 2005; Gratz 2014; Harned 2014; Hawton 1987a; Kapur 2013a; Liberman 1981; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; McMain 2009; Priebe 2012; Slee 2008; Tyrer 2003; Van Heeringen 1995; Wei 2013; Welu 1977). An additional nine trials received funding from a health organisation (Bennewith 2002; Carter 2005; Clarke 2002; Davidson 2014; Evans 1999b; Fleischmann 2008; Gratz 2006; Guthrie 2001; Vaiva 2006). The remaining trials received funding from a variety of sources, including: research organisations associated with specific diagnostic groups (Bateman 2009; Weinberg 2006), charitable trusts (Crawford 2010), private research foundations (Cedereke 2002), accident compensation organisations (Hatcher 2011), health insurance companies (Van der Sande 1997a), government departments (Evans 1999a; Hawton 1981; Kawanishi 2014; Torhorst 1988), and university sources (Marasinghe 2012). A number of trials also received joint funding, including from health and accident compensation organisations (Beautrais 2010), health organisations and legal charities (Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011), university sources and educational institutes (Husain 2014), government departments and health organisations (Gibbons 1978), government departments and health insurance companies (Hvid 2011), government departments and charitable trusts (Morthorst 2012), and health organisations and national research organisations (McAuliffe 2014).

Effects of interventions

See: Summary of findings 1 Comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual; Summary of findings 2 Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy; Summary of findings 3 Comparison 3: Case management vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy; Summary of findings 4 Comparison 4: Adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy; Summary of findings 5 Comparison 5: Mixed multimodal interventions vs treatment as usual; Summary of findings 6 Comparison 6: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual; Summary of findings 7 Comparison 7: Other mixed interventions vs treatment as usual or other alternative form of psychotherapy

Comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual (TAU)

Eighteen trials assessed the effectiveness of CBT‐based psychotherapy, in which participants in the experimental group were offered some form of specific psychological therapy, such as cognitive behavioural therapy or problem‐solving therapy (Brown 2005, N = 120; Davidson 2014, N = 20; Dubois 1999, N = 102; Evans 1999b, N = 32; Gibbons 1978, N = 400; Guthrie 2001, N = 119; Hatcher 2011, N = 1094; Hawton 1987a, N = 80; Husain 2014, N = 221; McAuliffe 2014, N = 433; Patsiokas 1985, N = 15; Salkovskis 1990, N = 20; Slee 2008, N = 82; Stewart 2009, N = 32; Tapolaa 2010, N = 16; Tyrer 2003, N = 480; Wei 2013, N = 162; Weinberg 2006; N = 30). One of these used Zelen's design (Hatcher 2011). In most trials, therapy was typically very brief (i.e., less than 10 sessions), and it was delivered on an individual basis in all but one (McAuliffe 2014). One trial included only patients with borderline personality disorder (Weinberg 2006). In Stewart 2009, there were separate treatment arms for cognitive behavioural therapy and problem‐solving therapy. We therefore combined data from these two conditions using the formula outlined in section 7.7.3.8 of the Cochrane Handbook for Systematic Reviews of Interventions (Higgins 2011).

Primary outcome
1.1 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on repetition of SH by post‐intervention in McAuliffe 2014 (23/171 vs 27/142; OR 0.66, 95% CI 0.36 to 1.21; k = 1; N = 313; GRADE: low quality).

By the six‐month follow‐up assessment, however, on the basis of data from 12 trials there was evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on repetition of SH (Analysis 1.1; OR 0.54, 95% CI 0.34 to 0.85; k = 12; N = 1317), with moderate quality of evidence (see summary of findings Table 1). Omitting Weinberg 2006, which included only participants diagnosed with borderline personality disorder, did not materially affect this result. There was, however, evidence of a significant difference by modality (Analysis 1.1; test for subgroup differences: Chi2= 7.32, degrees of freedom (df) = 1, P = 0.007, I2 = 86.3%). Specifically, although individual CBT‐based psychotherapy was associated with a significant treatment effect on repetition of SH by the six‐month follow‐up assessment (OR 0.52, 95% CI 0.36 to 0.75; k = 11; N = 1083), a group‐based approach was not associated with a significant treatment effect for this outcome in one trial (OR 1.35, 95% CI 0.75 to 2.41; k = 1; N = 234; McAuliffe 2014).

There was also evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment in 10 trials (Analysis 1.2; OR 0.80, 95% CI 0.65 to 0.98; k = 10; N = 2142), again with a moderate quality of evidence (see summary of findings Table 1). Once again, omitting Weinberg 2006 did not materially affect this result, nor did omitting Hatcher 2011, which used Zelen's design. Hatcher 2011 also reported numbers of participants self‐reporting an episode of SH rather than those admitted to hospital following an episode of SH. Using these data, however, did not materially affect this result. There was no evidence of a significant difference by modality for this outcome (Analysis 1.2; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 1.68, df = 1, P = 0.19, I2 = 40.6%).

In two trials data on repetition of SH from 12 to 24 months were reported. A significant treatment effect for this outcome was found (Analysis 1.3; OR 0.31, 95% CI 0.14 to 0.69; k = 2; N = 105; GRADE: moderate quality) (see summary of findings Table 1).

Including all 17 trials that reported information on repetition of SH suggested a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy by the final follow‐up assessment (i.e., including data for the last follow‐up assessment available in each trial) (Analysis 1.4; OR 0.70, 95% CI 0.55 to 0.88; k = 17; N = 2665). Excluding Hatcher 2011 or Weinberg 2006 did not materially affect these results. Once again, using data on self‐reported incidents of SH for Hatcher 2011 did not materially affect this result, nor did using data for the randomised rather than consenting group. There was also no evidence of a significant difference by modality for this outcome (Analysis 1.4; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 3.08, df = 1, P = 0.08, I2 = 67.5%). However, quality of evidence, as assessed by the GRADE criteria, was low for this outcome (see summary of findings Table 1).

With respect to frequency of SH, data from six trials indicated no significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on frequency of repetition of SH by final follow‐up (Analysis 1.5; k = 6; N = 594). Excluding Weinberg 2006 did not materially affect this result. There was no evidence of a significant difference by modality (Analysis 1.5; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 1.17, df = 1, P = 0.28, I2 = 14.2%). However, this outcome was associated with low quality of evidence (see summary of findings Table 1). One trial reported information on median, rather than mean, number of episodes of SH at six months. However, the authors found that although "[t]he rate of self‐harm episodes was lower in the [experimental] group. . . [it was not] significantly so" (Evans 1999b, p.22). A further trial reported information on median number of episodes of SH at 12 months' follow‐up, finding that "[t]he median number of self‐harm episodes was two in both [the experimental and TAU] groups" (Tyrer 2003, p. 972).

Secondary outcomes
1.2 Treatment adherence

Data on adherence was reported for both the experimental and control groups in one trial in which a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on the proportion of participants who completed all 12 sessions of therapy in addition to the three follow‐up appointments was found (40/40 vs 33/42; OR 22.97, 95% CI 1.29 to 409.37; k = 1; N = 82; Slee 2008).

Four trials reported adherence data for the experimental group only (Brown 2005; Evans 1999b; Husain 2014; McAuliffe 2014). Brown 2005 found that "participants in the cognitive therapy (CT) group participated in a mean (SD) of 8.92 (5.97) CT sessions (range 0‐24). Thirty participants (50%) received ten or more CT sessions" (p. 568). In Evans 1999b, five participants in the experimental group did not have specific sessions of manual‐assisted cognitive‐behaviour therapy (MACT) and received almost all input from the booklet component of CBT alone. Overall, 17 of the 18 participants in the experimental group received the booklets. Husain 2014 found that "more than half of the (intervention) group attended all six sessions (n = 56)" (p. 466).

McAuliffe 2014, in which a group‐based approach was used, likewise found that "almost half of those assigned to [problem‐solving therapy] (103, 46.4%) attended all 6 therapy sessions" (p. 4).

1.3 Depression

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on depression scores at the post‐intervention assessment in McAuliffe 2014 (mean 18.20, SD 14.80, n = 171 vs mean 20.60, SD 16.0, n = 142; MD ‐2.40, 95% CI ‐5.84 to 1.04; k = 1; N = 313).

Data on depression scores at six months' follow‐up suggested a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on depression scores (Analysis 1.6; SMD ‐0.30, 95% CI ‐0.50 to ‐0.10; k = 11; N = 1668). Omitting Hatcher 2011, which used Zelen's design, did not materially affect this result. There was also no evidence of a significant difference by modality (Analysis 1.6; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 1.38, df = 1, P = 0.24, I2 = 27.3%).

Seven trials reported data on depression scores at 12 months, suggesting evidence of a significant treatment effect for psychological therapy (Analysis 1.7; SMD ‐0.36, 95% CI ‐0.64 to ‐0.07; k = 7; N = 1130; I2 = 76%). This outcome was associated with substantial levels of heterogeneity (I2= 76%). Omitting Hatcher 2011 did not materially affect the result nor the heterogeneity. Visual inspection of the forest plot did not clearly indicate which trial/s contributed to this substantial level of heterogeneity.

Only two trials reported depression scores between 12 and 24 months' follow‐up; however, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy (Analysis 1.8; k = 2; N = 225). One trial also reported data on depression scores at 6 and 12 months' follow‐up (Hawton 1987a); however, there was not enough information to enable calculation of the SD. Nevertheless, the authors reported that there were no significant differences between groups in BDI scores at any time point.

Analysis of all 14 trials at final follow‐up indicated a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on depression (Analysis 1.9; SMD ‐0.31, 95% CI ‐0.48 to ‐0.14; k = 14; N = 1859). Omitting Hatcher 2011 did not materially affect this result.

1.4 Hopelessness

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on hopelessness at the post‐intervention assessment in three trials, regardless of treatment modality (Analysis 1.10; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 2.06, df = 1, P = 0.15, I2 = 51.5%).

However, by the six‐month follow‐up assessment, CBT‐based psychotherapy was associated with a significant treatment effect in four trials (Analysis 1.11; SMD ‐0.36, 95% CI ‐0.58 to ‐0.13; k = 4; N = 968). There was evidence of a difference by treatment modality for this outcome, however (Analysis 1.11; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 8.11, df = 1, P = 0.004, I2 = 87.7%). A group‐based CBT‐based psychotherapy approach was not associated with a significant treatment effect on hopelessness scores at six months in one trial (MD ‐0.30, 95% CI ‐1.89 to 1.29; k = 1; N = 234; McAuliffe 2014).

Three trials reported data on hopelessness scores at 12 months, again showing evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychological therapy (Analysis 1.12; MD ‐1.89, 95% CI ‐2.97 to ‐0.81; k = 3; N = 539). Omitting Hatcher 2011, which used Zelen's design, did not materially affect these results.

Analyses of all seven trials also suggested evidence of a significant treatment effect at final follow‐up (Analysis 1.13, SMD ‐0.31, 95% CI ‐0.51 to ‐0.10; k = 7; N = 1017). Omitting Hatcher 2011 did not materially affect this result. There was also no evidence of a significant treatment difference by modality for this outcome (Analysis 1.13; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 3.65, df = 1, P = 0.06, I2 = 72.6%).

1.5 Suicidal ideation

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy in three trials at the post‐intervention assessment, regardless of treatment modality (Analysis 1.14; k = 3; N = 360; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 1.84, df = 1, P = 0.17, I2 = 45.8%). However, sensitivity analyses using the fixed‐effect, rather than random‐effects model, suggested evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on this outcome (fixed: MD ‐1.93, 95% CI ‐3.83 to ‐0.04).

By the six‐month follow‐up assessment, CBT‐based psychotherapy was associated with a significant treatment effect for suicidal ideation scores (Analysis 1.15; SMD ‐0.32, 95% CI ‐0.51 to ‐0.13; k = 6; N = 1011). Omitting Hatcher 2011, which used Zelen's design, did not materially affect this result, nor did omitting Weinberg 2006, in which participants had been diagnosed with personality disorders. There was evidence of a significant difference by treatment modality, however (Analysis 1.15; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 6.69, df = 1, P = 0.010, I2 = 85.1%), with a group‐based CBT‐based psychotherapy approach not appearing to be associated with a significant treatment effect for this outcome (Analysis 1.15; MD ‐0.20, 95% CI ‐2.49 to 2.09; McAuliffe 2014).

Data from Hatcher 2011 suggested that CBT‐based psychotherapy was not associated with a significant treatment effect for suicidal ideation scores at 12 months (mean 3.70, SD 6.70, n = 187 vs mean 4.80, SD 7.40, n = 231; MD ‐1.10, 95% CI ‐2.45 to 0.25; k = 1; N = 418).

Including all eight trials suggested evidence for a significant treatment effect for psychological therapy on suicidal ideation scores at final follow‐up (Analysis 1.16; SMD ‐0.32, 95% CI ‐0.53 to ‐0.11; k = 8; N = 1129). Omitting Hatcher 2011 or Weinberg 2006 did not materially affect this result. However, once again there was evidence of a significant difference by treatment modality (Analysis 1.16; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 4.61, df = 1, P = 0.03, I2 = 78.3%), with a group‐based psychotherapy approach not associated with a significant treatment effect for this outcome (Analysis 1.16; MD ‐0.02, 95% CI ‐0.24 to 0.20; McAuliffe 2014).

Wei 2013 recorded data on the proportion of participants self‐reporting suicidal ideation. There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy in this trial at the six‐month follow‐up assessment (30/35 vs 32/40; OR 1.50, 95% CI 0.44 to 5.10; k = 1; N = 75). Although data were also available for the 12‐month follow‐up period, authors reported a greater number of participants in the CBT arm who self‐reported suicidal ideation (n = 30) than were reported to have been followed‐up by this point (n = 25). As we were unable to clarify these numbers with the authors, we have excluded this analysis from the review.

1.6 Problem solving

Two trials recorded dichotomous data on problem‐solving as the proportion of participants reporting improvement in problems. There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on problem‐solving in these trial trials at the six‐month follow‐up assessment (Analysis 1.17; OR 2.81, 95% CI 1.50 to 5.24; k = 2; N = 231). However, for the same dichotomous outcome, there was no indication of any apparent treatment effect at the 12‐month follow‐up assessment in Hawton 1987a (24/30 vs 26/35; OR 1.38, 95% CI 0.43 to 4.47; k = 1; N = 65). Gibbons 1978 reported data for problem‐solving at the 24‐month follow‐up assessment, with evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy (64/73 vs 40/73; OR 5.87, 95% CI 2.54 to 13.54; k = 1; N = 146). Analysis of both these trials at the final follow‐up assessment, however, suggested no overall evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on problem‐solving (Analysis 1.18; k = 2; N = 211). On the other hand, there was a significant difference using the fixed‐effect model (fixed: OR 3.66, 95% CI 1.88 to 7.09).

Data on problem‐solving scores at post‐intervention indicated no evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy with no evidence of a significant difference by treatment modality (Analysis 1.19; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 0.07, df = 1, P = 0.79, I2 = 0%). By the six‐month follow‐up, however, there was evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy for this outcome (Analysis 1.20; SMD 0.33, 95% CI 0.08 to 0.58; k = 4; N = 949). Omitting Hatcher 2011, which used Zelen's design, caused this effect to become non‐significant (MD 0.24, 95% CI ‐0.03 to 0.51). There was also evidence of a significant difference by treatment modality (Analysis 1.20; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 8.11, df = 1, P = 0.004, I2 = 87.7%), with a single trial of group‐based psychotherapy indicating no evidence of a significant treatment effect for this outcome (MD 0.30, 95% CI ‐3.55 to 4.15; McAuliffe 2014). There was no apparent benefit for CBT‐based psychotherapy in a single trial at 12 months (mean 92.2, SD 18.1, n = 190 vs mean 90.5, SD 18.9, n = 233; MD 1.70, 95% CI ‐1.84 to 5.24; k = 1; N = 423; Hatcher 2011). Combining all five trials at final follow‐up suggested evidence of a significant treatment effect for problem solving at the final follow‐up assessment (Analysis 1.21; SMD 0.26, 95% CI 0.02 to 0.50; k = 5; N = 958). Omitting Hatcher 2011 caused the association to become non‐significant (SMD 0.35, 95% CI ‐0.00. to 0.69; k = 4; N = 535).

Finally, Salkovskis 1990 reported the severity of participants' three main problems using the Personal Questionnaire Rapid Scaling Technique (PQRST) at one week, one month, three months, six months and one year following entry to treatment. The authors reported that "the problem‐solving therapy group showed significantly better overall results on their three main problems when compared with the group who received 'treatment as usual' " (Salkovskis 1990, p. 873).

1.7 Suicide

Fifteen trials reported data on suicides during follow‐up; however, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on suicides by final follow‐up (Analysis 1.22; k = 15; N = 2354). In Tyrer 2003, there was one death in the experimental group that medical staff considered to be a suicide, although the coroner did not record a suicide verdict in this case. Including this death as a suicide did not materially change the overall result.

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple episodes of SH/probable personality disorder vs TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

A number of trials investigated provision of a specialised treatment for patients with multiple episodes of SH and/ or probable personality disorder, including: group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy (two trials; Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014), mentalisation‐based therapy (MBT; one trial; Bateman 2009), DBT‐oriented therapy (one trial; Turner 2000), DBT (four trials; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; McMain 2009; Priebe 2012), and DBT prolonged exposure protocol (one trial; Harned 2014).

Group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy vs TAU

Two trials assessed the effectiveness of group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy in women diagnosed with borderline personality referred for outpatient treatment as a result of recurrent SH (Gratz 2006, N = 22; Gratz 2014, N = 61). Correspondence with authors suggested that this treatment did not require participants to abstain from SH behaviour. Instead, participants were encouraged to work on resisting urges to engage in SH and, when SH occurred, to learn from the reasons for it.

Primary outcome
2.1 Repetition of SH

Group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy was associated with a significant treatment effect by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 2.1; OR 0.34, 95% CI 0.13 to 0.88; k = 2; N = 83). Quality of evidence for this outcome, however, was low (see summary of findings Table 2).

With respect to frequency of repetition of SH, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 2.1; k = 2; N = 83). Once again, this was associated with a low quality of evidence (see summary of findings Table 2).

Secondary outcomes
2.2 Treatment adherence

No data available.

2.3 Depression

There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for group‐based emotion‐regulation therapy on depression scores at the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 2.8; MD ‐9.59, 95% CI ‐13.43 to ‐5.75; k = 2; N = 83).

2.4 Hopelessness

No data available.

2.5 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

2.6 Problem solving

No data available.

2.7 Suicide

There were no suicides in either group for either trial.

Mentalisation vs TAU

Bateman 2009 (N = 134) assessed the effectiveness of mentalisation‐based therapy in adults diagnosed with borderline personality disorder referred to a specialist personality disorder treatment service following an attempted suicide or an episode of life‐threatening SH in the six months prior to trial entry.

Primary outcome
2.8 Repetition of SH

There was a significant treatment effect for mentalisation‐based therapy by the conclusion of the 18‐month treatment period, with fewer participants in the experimental group engaging in SH based on data obtained by correspondence (Analysis 2.1; 18/71 vs 31/63; OR 0.35, 95% CI 0.17 to 0.73; k = 1; N = 134). However, quality of evidence was moderate (see summary of findings Table 2).

There was also evidence of a significant treatment effect for mentalisation‐based therapy on frequency of SH episodes by the post‐intervention assessment according to data obtained by correspondence (Analysis 2.5; mean 0.38, SD 0.83, n = 71 vs mean 1.66, SD 2.87, n = 63; MD ‐1.28, 95% CI ‐2.01 to ‐0.55; k = 1; N = 134). Once again, quality of evidence was moderate (see summary of findings Table 2).

Secondary outcomes
2.9 Treatment adherence

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for mentalisation‐based therapy on the proportion of participants who completed the full course of treatment (Analysis 2.7; k = 1; N = 134).

2.10 Depression

Mentalisation‐based therapy was associated with a significant treatment effect for depression at the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 2.8; mean 14.80, SD 8.55, n = 71 vs mean 18.68, SD 8.76, n = 63; MD ‐3.88, 95% CI ‐6.82 to ‐0.94; k = 1; N = 134).

2.11 Hopelessness

No data available.

2.12 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

2.13 Problem solving

No data available.

2.14 Suicide

There had been no suicides in either treatment arm by the time of the post‐treatment assessment.

Dialectical behaviour‐oriented psychotherapy vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

One small trial in participants diagnosed with borderline personality disorder and referred to outpatient services following a suicide attempt assessed the effectiveness of a DBT‐oriented therapy versus client‐oriented therapy over a 12‐month follow‐up (Turner 2000, N = 24).

Primary outcome

2.15 Repetition of SH

There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT‐oriented therapy for repetition of SH by post‐treatment assessment (Analysis 2.1; 1/12 vs 8/12; OR 0.05, 95% CI 0.00 to 0.49; k = 1; N = 24). This result had low quality evidence (see summary of findings Table 2).

Data on number of repeat episodes of SH, obtained by correspondence, also suggest a significant treatment effect for DBT‐oriented therapy by the post‐treatment assessment (Analysis 2.5; mean 0.75, SD 1.23, n = 12 vs mean 5.58, SD 5.28, n = 12; MD ‐4.83, 95% CI ‐7.90 to ‐1.76; k = 1; N = 24). Once again, however, a low quality of evidence was associated with this outcome (see summary of findings Table 2).

Secondary outcomes

2.16 Treatment adherence

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT‐oriented therapy on the number of participants who completed the full course of treatment (Analysis 2.7; k = 1; N = 24).

2.17 Depression

DBT‐oriented therapy was associated with a significant treatment effect for depression scores according to both the BDI and the HRSD by the post‐treatment assessment (BDI: Analysis 2.8; mean 14.92, SD 8.26, n = 12 vs mean 24.08, SD 5.55, n = 12; MD ‐9.16, 95% CI ‐14.79 to ‐3.53; k = 1; N = 24; HRSD: mean 7.50, SD 5.96, n = 12 vs mean 12.58, SD 3.90, n = 12; MD ‐5.08, 95% CI ‐9.11 to ‐1.05; k = 1; N = 24).

2.18 Hopelessness

No data available.

2.19 Suicidal ideation

There was also evidence of a significant treatment effect for suicidal ideation at the post‐treatment assessment (Analysis 2.11; mean 3.83, SD 8.03, n = 12 vs mean 11.58, SD 9.21, n = 12; MD ‐7.75, 95% CI ‐14.66 to ‐0.84; k = 1; N = 24).

2.20 Problem solving

No data available.

2.21 Suicide

No data available.

Dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT) vs TAU

Three trials investigated the effectiveness of dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT) in adults diagnosed with personality disorders, typically borderline personality disorder, referred to specialist DBT services owing to recurrent SH (Linehan 1991, N = 63; McMain 2009, N = 180; Priebe 2012, N = 80).

Primary outcome
2.22 Repetition of SH

We obtained data on repetition of SH through correspondence for all three trials. There was no clear evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT compared to TAU in terms of the proportion of patients repeating SH in three trials by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 2.1; k = 3; N = 267). Similarly, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment in two trials (Analysis 2.3; k = 2; N = 172). Combining data from all three trials by the final assessment period suggested no evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT versus TAU (Analysis 2.4; k = 3; N = 247). Quality of evidence for these three outcomes was low, however (see summary of findings Table 2).

There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT as compared to TAU on frequency of SH by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 2.5; MD ‐18.82, 95% CI ‐36.68 to ‐0.95; k = 3; N = 292). Once again quality of evidence for this outcome was low (see summary of findings Table 2).

Following a "naturalistic" follow‐up period, data from Linehan 1993a (N = 39) indicated that the effectiveness of DBT in the Linehan 1991 trial was maintained at 24 months; however, this outcome was only investigated for a proportion of the original participants (61.9%) who the researchers were able to contact at 24 months. Results have therefore not been reproduced in the present review.

Secondary Outcomes
2.23 Treatment adherence

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT for the number of participants completing the full course of treatment in one trial (McMain 2009) (55/90 vs 56/90; OR 0.95, 95% CI 0.52 to 1.74; k = 1; N = 180). Numbers completing treatment in the control group for Priebe 2012 were not provided. Therefore we could not incorporate the results of this trial in a meta‐analysis.

Although Linehan 1991 did not provide numerical data on treatment adherence, the authors did report that participants allocated to the DBT group were ". . . significantly more likely to start individual therapy. . . (100% versus 73%)" (Linehan 1991, p. 1062).

2.24 Depression

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT as compared to TAU on depression scores at the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 2.8; k = 2; N = 198).

Data from McMain 2012 furthermore suggested there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT on depression at the 24‐month assessment (mean 22.24, SD 16.40, n = 90 vs mean 21.67, SD 14.82, n = 90; MD 0.57, 95% CI ‐4.00 to 5.14; k = 1; N = 180).

2.25 Hopelessness

We obtained data on hopelessness by correspondence for one trial (Linehan 1991). There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT at the 24‐month follow‐up assessment (mean 10.86, SD 6.04, n = 7 vs mean 10.69, SD 6.18, n = 11; MD 0.17, 95% CI ‐5.61 to 5.95; k = 1; N = 18).

2.26 Suicidal ideation

One trial reported data on suicidal ideation (Linehan 1991). Again, there was no significant treatment effect for DBT at the post‐intervention assessment (mean 24.01, SD 19.80, n = 46 vs mean 31.92, SD 26.80, n = 35; MD ‐7.91, SD ‐18.47 to 2.65; k = 1; N = 81).

2.27 Problem solving

No data available.

2.28 Suicide

Although a suicide occurred in the DBT arm of Linehan 1991 before the post‐intervention assessment, there were no suicides in Priebe 2012 or in McMain 2009. There was therefore no evidence of a significant treatment effect for this outcome (Analysis 2.13; k = 3; N = 317). There were no suicides in Priebe 2012 or in McMain 2009 by the 24‐month follow‐up assessment.

Dialectical behaviour therapy vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

One trial compared the effectiveness of DBT versus psychological treatment by 'experts' (CBT‐E) for women diagnosed with borderline personality disorder and referred to a specialist DBT service owing to recurrent SH (Linehan 2006, N = 101). Community mental health leaders (such as heads of inpatient psychiatric units and clinical directors of mental health agencies) nominated professionals who they considered experts in treating difficult clients. These therapists described themselves as "eclectic but non behavioral" or "mostly psychodynamic" in their treatment approach. No therapists with experience of delivering cognitive behavioural therapy were included, however.

Primary outcome
2.29 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a treatment effect for DBT versus treatment by expert on repetition of SH by either the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 2.1; k = 1; N = 97) or by the 12‐month follow‐up period (Analysis 2.3; k = 1; N = 97). Quality of evidence for this outcome at both time points, as assessed by the GRADE criteria, was very low (see summary of findings Table 2).

Study authors did, however, state that those allocated to the DBT group had " . . . half the rate of suicide attempts compared with the CTB‐E group (23.1% vs 46%. . . hazard ratio, 2.66, P = 0.005)" (Linehan 2006, p. 761). Nevertheless, correspondence with authors regarding the total number of parasuicidal acts across the 12‐month follow‐up period revealed no evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT (mean 8.79, SD 10.81, n = 52 vs mean 23.64, SD 77.34, n = 45; MD ‐14.85, 95% CI ‐37.64 to 7.94; k = 1; N = 97). Quality of evidence for this outcome was also very low (see summary of findings Table 2).

Secondary outcomes
2.30 Treatment adherence

No data available.

2.31 Depression

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect on depression scores either at the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 2.8; k = 1; N = 89) or at the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (Analysis 2.10; k = 1 ; N = 81) in this trial.

2.32 Hopelessness

No data available.

2.33 Suicidal ideation

There was also no evidence of a significant treatment effect for DBT for suicidal ideation scores at either the post‐intervention (Analysis 2.11; k = 1; N = 89) or 12‐month follow‐up assessments (Analysis 2.12; k = 1; N = 81).

2.34 Problem solving

No data available.

2.35 Suicide

There were no suicides in either treatment arm by the end of the 12‐month follow‐up period.

Dialectical behaviour therapy prolonged exposure vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

The effectiveness of two forms of DBT were compared over a three‐month follow‐up period in one small trial of women with comorbid borderline personality disorder and post‐traumatic stress disorder referred to clinical services due to recurrent SH (Harned 2014; N = 26). In the experimental arm, participants received, in addition to the standard DBT protocol, additional weekly therapy sessions involving in vivo and imaginal exposure to previously traumatic experiences.

Primary outcome
2.36 Repetition of SH

Data obtained by correspondence suggested there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for the DBT prolonged protocol on repetition of SH either by the post‐treatment assessment (Analysis 2.1; k = 1; N = 18) or by the three‐month follow‐up (Analysis 2.2; k = 1; N = 18). Quality of evidence for both these time points was low, however (see summary of findings Table 2).

Data on frequency of SH, obtained following correspondence with authors, also suggested no apparent benefit of the DBT prolonged exposure protocol by either the post‐treatment (Analysis 2.5; k = 1; N = 18) or three‐month follow‐up (Analysis 2.6; k = 1; N = 18) assessments. Quality of evidence, as assessed by the GRADE criteria, was low (see summary of findings Table 2). Data on frequency of suicide re‐attempts could not be analysed as there were no repeat suicide attempts in the control group by the final three‐month follow‐up assessment.

Secondary outcomes
2.37 Treatment adherence

There was no significant difference between the experimental and control groups regarding the number of participants who attended the full one‐year course of treatment (Analysis 2.7; k = 1; N = 26). According to the authors, ". . . one therapist. . . was not adherent to DBT and had a 100% dropout rate" (p. 12). Excluding the four participants treated by this therapist did not, however, materially affect this result.

2.38 Depression

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for the DBT prolonged exposure protocol for depression scores at either the post‐treatment (Analysis 2.8; k = 1; N = 18) or three‐month follow‐up (Analysis 2.9; k = 1; N = 18) assessments.

2.39 Hopelessness

No data available.

2.40 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

2.41 Problem solving

No data available.

2.42 Suicide

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect on death by suicide by the three‐month follow‐up assessment (Analysis 2.14: 0/17 vs 1/9; OR 0.16, 95% CI 0.01 to 4.41; k = 1; N = 26) in this trial.

Comparison 3: Case management vs TAU

Four trials investigated the provision of case management for the prevention of SH either compared to either treatment as usual (TAU; Clarke 2002, N = 467; Hvid 2011, N = 133; Morthorst 2012, N = 243) or to enhanced usual care (EUC; Kawanishi 2014, N = 914). Although the intervention in Hvid 2011 and Morthorst 2012 also included aspects of problem‐solving psychotherapy, this component was not the primary or only element of the case management strategy adopted in these trials, so we felt these trials were sufficiently similar to justify pooling within a meta‐analysis.

Primary outcome
3.1 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for case management on repetition of SH by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 3.1; k = 4; N = 1608). Supplementing hospital‐recorded episodes of SH with self‐reported data for Morthorst 2012 did not materially affect this result. There was also no indication of a significant difference by comparator condition (i.e., TAU vs EUC) for this outcome (Analysis 3.1; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 0.20, df = 1, P = 0.66, I2 = 0%). Quality, as assessed using the GRADE criteria, was moderate for this outcome (see summary of findings Table 3).

One trial disaggregated data on repetition of SH by sex (Hvid 2011). Although there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for males in this trial (4/20 vs 4/18; OR 0.88, 95% CI 0.18 to 4.17; k = 1; N = 38), case management was associated with a significant reduction in repetition of SH in females (2/49 vs 10/46; OR 0.15, 95% CI 0.03 to 0.74; k = 1; N = 95).

Multiple readmissions for SH were, however, significantly more common in the case management group than in the control group over the treatment period in one trial (Clarke 2002: 9/220 vs 2/247; OR 5.23, 95% CI 1.12 to 24.45; k = 1; N = 467). Quality of evidence for this outcome was moderate (see summary of findings Table 3).

Secondary outcomes
3.2 Treatment adherence

The authors of one trial reported that "11 participants in the assertive case management group did not receive the intervention" (Kawanishi 2014, p. 197). However, as corresponding numbers for the enhanced usual care group were not reported, we were unable to analyse the effect of assertive case management on treatment adherence for this trial.

3.3 Depression

No data available.

3.4 Hopelessness

Although the Beck Hopelessness Scale was administered to participants throughout the follow‐up period in one trial (Kawanishi 2014), the authors did not report data on this outcome. Correspondence, however, revealed that they are currently analysing these data and will present them in a future report.

3.5 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

3.6 Problem solving

No data available.

3.7 Suicide

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect on suicide by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 3.2; k = 4; N = 1757), nor was there evidence of a significant difference by comparator condition (i.e., TAU vs EUC) for this outcome (Analysis 3.2; test for subgroup differences: Chi2 = 0.67, df = 1, P = 0.41, I2 = 0%).

Comparison 4: Treatment adherence enhancement approaches vs TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Two trials investigated the effectiveness of treatment adherence enhancement approaches compared either to TAU (Van Heeringen 1995) or to other alternative forms of psychotherapy (Torhorst 1987) in patients admitted to hospital following an episode of SH.

Treatment adherence enhancement vs TAU

Van Heeringen 1995 (N = 516) investigated the effectiveness of adherence enhancement, involving home visits by a nurse for those patients who failed to attend outpatient appointments, over a 12‐month follow‐up period in patients referred to accident and emergency departments following an episode of SH, irrespective of suicidal intent.

Primary outcome
4.1 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect on repetition of SH by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment, although the difference in repetition between groups was fairly marked (Analysis 4.1; k = 1; N = 391). Quality of evidence for this outcome, as assessed by the GRADE criteria, was low (see summary of findings Table 4).

Secondary outcomes
4.2 Treatment adherence

There was, however, a significant treatment effect for adherence with outpatient aftercare appointments in this trial (129/252 vs 102/256; OR 1.58, 95% CI 1.11 to 2.25; k = 1; N = 508).

4.3 Depression

No data available.

4.4 Hopelessness

No data available.

4.5 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

4.6 Problem solving

No data available.

4.7 Suicide

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for the number of participants who died by suicide over the 12‐month follow‐up period (Analysis 4.3; k = 1; N = 391) in this trial.

Continuity of care by the same therapist vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

One trial investigated the effectiveness of continuing aftercare with the same therapist (defined as continued therapeutic contact with the original hospital therapist in an outpatient setting) versus changing to a different therapist (defined as receiving therapy in a specialised suicide prevention centre, which involved changing both therapist and institution) over a 12‐month follow‐up period in adults admitted to hospital following an episode of self‐poisoning (Torhorst 1987, N = 141).

Primary outcome
4.8 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for receiving continued therapeutic contact with the original hospital therapist on repetition of SH by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (Analysis 4.1; k = 1; N = 136). A very low quality of evidence was associated with this outcome (see summary of findings Table 4).

Secondary outcomes
4.9 Treatment adherence

There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for treatment adherence, favouring the same‐therapist group (49/68 vs 36/73; OR 2.65, 95% CI 1.32 to 5.34; k = 1; N = 141).

4.10 Depression

Depression scores did not differ significantly between groups at the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (Analysis 4.2: mean 6.20, SD 6.90, n = 65 vs mean 7.60, SD 9.20, n = 62; MD ‐1.40, 95% CI ‐4.24 to 1.44; k = 1; N = 127).

4.11 Hopelessness

No data available.

4.12 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

4.13 Problem solving

No data available.

4.14 Suicide

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for receiving continued therapeutic contact with the original hospital therapist on suicide by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (Analysis 4.3; k = 1; N = 136).

Comparison 5: Mixed multimodal interventions vs TAU

Two trials investigated the effectiveness of a package of interventions, including problem‐solving psychotherapy, postcards, and a GP voucher entitling participants to one free visit to their GP in adults admitted to emergency departments following an episode of SH, irrespective of intent (Hatcher 2016a: Hatcher 2015).

Mixed multimodal interventions vs TAU

One large trial using Zelen's post‐randomisation consent design investigated the effectiveness of a package of mixed multimodal interventions in adults admitted to emergency departments following an episode of SH irrespective of intent over a 12‐month period (Hatcher 2015; N = 1474).

Primary outcome
5.1 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for this package of interventions in terms of hospital‐recorded episodes of SH by 12‐month post‐intervention assessment (66/327 vs 73/357; OR 0.98, 95% CI 0.68 to 1.43; k = 1; N = 684). This outcome had a low quality of evidence (see summary of findings Table 5). Using data from the randomised (including both patients who, following treatment allocation, subsequently consented to participation and those who did not), rather than consenting, sample did not materially affect these results.

Investigators also presented data on repetition of SH by repeater status at trial entry. However, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for those with no history of SH prior to the index attempt compared to those with a history of multiple SH episodes by the post‐intervention assessment (those with a history of multiple episodes of SH: 47/176 vs 56/194; OR 0.90, 95% CI 0.57 to 1.42; k = 1; N = 370; those without a history of multiple episodes of SH: 19/151 vs 17/163; OR 1.24, 95% CI 0.62 to 2.48; k = 1; N = 314).

With respect to frequency of SH, the authors reported that "[a]lthough there were 20% fewer episodes in the intervention group, the difference was not statistically significant" (Hatcher 2015, p. 17).

Secondary outcomes
5.2 Treatment adherence

No data available.

5.3 Depression

There was no significant treatment effect for this intervention on depression scores at the 12‐month post‐intervention assessment (mean 6.8, SD 4.9, n = 211 vs mean 6.5, SD 5.1, n = 234; MD 0.30, 95% CI ‐0.63 to 1.23; k = 1; N = 445).

5.4 Hopelessness

There was also no apparent treatment effect for this intervention on hopelessness scores at the 12‐month post‐intervention assessment (mean 8.3, SD 6.3, n = 210 vs mean 8.4, SD 6.4, n = 233; MD ‐0.10, 95% CI ‐1.28 to 1.08; k = 1; N = 443).

5.5 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

5.6 Problem solving

No data available.

5.7 Suicide

Correspondence with authors revealed there was no significant treatment effect for this intervention package on suicides by the 12‐month post‐intervention assessment (1/327 vs 2/357; OR 0.54, 95% CI 0.05 to 6.03; k = 1; N = 684). One death in the experimental and one in the control group were due to uncertain causes as they had yet to be investigated by the Coroner. However, assuming these deaths were attributable to suicide did not materially affect this result.

Culturally adapted multi‐model interventions vs TAU

The effectiveness of a culturally‐adapted mixed multimodal intervention was investigated over a 12‐month follow‐up period in one trial using Zelen's post‐randomisation consent design in adults admitted to emergency departments following SH and who identify themselves as of Māori ethnicity (Hatcher 2016a; N = 365).

Primary outcome
5.8 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for this intervention on re‐presentation to hospital following an episode of SH by the time of the post‐intervention assessment (34/95 vs 29/72; OR 0.83, 95% CI 0.44 to 1.55; k = 1; N = 167). Using data from the randomised sample only (including both patients who, following treatment allocation, subsequently consented to participation and those who did not) did not materially affect these results. Both outcomes had a low quality of evidence, as assessed using the GRADE criteria (see summary of findings Table 5).

Investigators presented information on repetition of SH by repeater status; however, there was no significant difference in repetition of SH between groups for either those with a history of multiple episodes of SH (24/60 vs 21/40; OR 0.60, 95% CI 0.27 to 1.35; k = 1; N = 100) or for those without a history of multiple episodes of SH (10/35 vs 8/32; OR 1.20, 95% CI 0.41 to 3.55; k = 1; N = 67).

Secondary outcomes
5.9 Treatment adherence

No data available.

5.10 Depression

There was no treatment effect for this intervention on depression scores at the 12‐month post‐intervention assessment (mean 5.80, SD 4.50, n = 66 vs mean 6.30, SD 4.30, n = 48; MD ‐0.50, 95% CI ‐2.13 to 1.13; k = 1; N = 114).

5.10 Hopelessness

There was also no apparent treatment effect for this intervention on hopelessness scores at the post‐intervention assessment (mean 5.00, SD 4.40, n = 66 vs mean 5.70, SD 4.80, n = 47; MD ‐0.70, 95% CI ‐2.43 to 1.03; k = 1; N = 113).

However, the authors note that "whilst there was a greater change in [hopelessness] scores at . . . 12 months [i.e., the post‐intervention assessment] in the intervention group, the group had a significantly lower baseline score . . . because of the significant differences in baseline scores and missing follow up data we. . . used a mixed linear model to estimate the differences in scores at [the post‐intervention assessment]." Using this model the authors found "there was a decrease in [h]opelessness scores in the treatment group compared to the usual care group but this was statistically non‐significant" (Hatcher 2016a, ePub version, p. 5).

5.11 Suicide ideation

No data available.

5.12 Problem solving

No data available.

5.13 Suicide

Correspondence with authors revealed there was no significant treatment effect for this intervention on suicides by the time of the post‐intervention assessment (0/72 vs 1/95; OR 0.43, 95% CI 0.02 to 10.82; k = 1; N = 167).

Comparison 6: Remote contact interventions vs TAU

A number of trials investigated the effectiveness of remote contact interventions, including, postcards (Beautrais 2010; Carter 2005; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Kapur 2013a), emergency cards (Evans 1999a; Morgan 1993), general practitioner's (GP) letter (Bennewith 2002), telephone contact (Cedereke 2002; Wei 2013; Vaiva 2006, or mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy (Marasinghe 2012) for the prevention of repetition of SH.

Postcards vs TAU

Four trials assessed the effectiveness of sending postcards to patients on a regular basis over a 12‐month follow‐up period (Beautrais 2010, N = 327; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011, N = 2113; Kapur 2013a, N = 66), including one that used Zelen's post‐randomisation consent design and reported data only for the randomised sample (Carter 2005, N = 772). The trials of Beautrais 2010, Carter 2005, and Kapur 2013a took place in three high‐income countries, whilst the Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011 trial was in a low income country (i.e., Iran).

Primary outcome
6.1 Repetition of SH

Due to the definition of SH used in the report for one trial of postcards, we obtained data for this trial on repetition of SH through correspondence (Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011).

Overall, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect on the proportion of patients repeating SH by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 5.1; k = 4; N = 3277). Excluding Carter 2005, which used Zelen's design, did not materially affect this result. Quality of evidence, as assessed using the GRADE criteria, was very low for this outcome (see summary of findings Table 6). Visual examination of the forest plot suggested that the result for Kapur 2013a may have been an outlier. Removing this trial reduced heterogeneity to 0% and suggested a significant treatment effect for postcards on repetition of SH (OR 0.78, 95% CI 0.62 to 0.97; k = 3; N = 3212).

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for postcards on repetition of SH by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment in two trials (Analysis 5.2; k = 2; N = 2885). The quality of evidence for this outcome was moderate (see summary of findings Table 6). Excluding Carter 2005, however, caused this result to become significant (OR 0.67, 95% CI 0.52 to 0.86; k = 1; N = 2113) as did a sensitivity analysis using the fixed‐effect rather than random‐effects model (fixed: OR 0.75, 95% CI 0.61 to 0.91).

Combining data from both time points indicated no overall significant effect for postcards by the final follow‐up assessment (Analysis 5.3; k = 4; N = 3277). Excluding Carter 2005 did not materially affect this result. However, as before, excluding Kapur 2013a caused this result to become significant (OR 0.77, 95% CI 0.63 to 0.95) as did a sensitivity analysis using the fixed‐effect model (fixed: OR 0.79, 95% CI 0.66 to 0.95), quality of evidence was again very low for this outcome (see summary of findings Table 6).

Data on repetition of SH by the post‐intervention assessment and 12‐month follow‐up were available by sex in one trial (Carter 2005; Carter 2007); however, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for postcards in either sex by either time point (post‐intervention: males 20/145 vs 16/102; OR 0.86, 95% CI 0.42 to 1.75; k = 1; N = 247 versus females 37/233 vs 51/291; OR 0.89, 95% CI 0.56 to 1.41; k = 1; N = 524; 12 months' follow‐up: males 26/145 vs 19/102; OR 0.95, 95% CI 0.50; k = 1; N = 247 versus females 54/233 vs 59/291; OR 1.19, 95% CI 0.78 to 1.80; k = 1; N = 524).

With respect to frequency of SH, we obtained data on mean number of repeat SH episodes by correspondence for three of the four trials of postcards (Carter 2005; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Kapur 2013a). For the one remaining trial (Beautrais 2010), the available data indicated a reduced mean number of SH episodes for the experimental group (0.57 vs 0.78); however, as no information on SDs, t‐test or F statistics were reported, we were unable to impute SDs using the method outlined in Townsend 2001 to calculate the mean difference in frequency of SH episodes between groups. Overall, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for postcards on frequency of repetition of SH by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 5.4; k = 3; N = 1,097). Quality of evidence for this outcome was very low (see summary of findings Table 6).

By the 12‐month follow‐up assessment, there was similarly no evidence of a significant treatment effect for postcards in two trials (Analysis 5.5; k = 2; N = 984). One trial also provided data for the 24‐month follow‐up period; however, no evidence of a significant treatment effect was apparent (mean 0.21, SD 0.75, n = 217 vs mean 0.24, SD 0.68, n = 255; MD ‐0.03, 95% CI ‐0.16 to 0.10; k = 1; N = 472; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011). Quality of evidence was very low to moderate for these outcomes (see summary of findings Table 6).

Through correspondence, we were also able to obtain post hoc data on frequency of repetition of SH by the post‐intervention assessment by both sex and repeater status for three trials (Carter 2005; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Kapur 2013a). There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for postcards on frequency of repetition by the post‐intervention assessment for either sex (males: Analysis 5.4; k = 3; N = 401; females: Analysis 5.4; k = 3; N = 695), those with a history of multiple episodes of SH (Analysis 5.4; k = 3; N = 339), or those without a history of multiple episodes of SH (Analysis 5.4; k = 3; N = 758). There was also no evidence of a significant treatment effect for postcards on frequency of repetition for males (Analysis 5.5; k = 2; N = 336), females (Analysis 5.5; k = 2; N = 647), those with a history of multiple episodes of SH (Analysis 5.5; k = 2; N = 296), or those without a history of multiple episodes of SH (Analysis 5.5; k = 2; N = 688) by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment in two trials. Correspondence with study authors revealed no significant treatment effect for postcards on frequency of repetition in either males (mean 0.33, SD 1.07, n = 116 vs mean 0.29, SD 0.82, n = 104; MD 0.04, 95% CI ‐0.21 to 0.29; k = 1; N = 220), females (mean 0.14, SD 0.52, n = 101 vs mean 0.21, SD 0.59, n = 151; MD ‐0.07, 95% CI ‐0.21 to 0.07, k = 1; N = 252), those with a history of multiple episodes of SH (mean 0.42, SD 1.06, n = 155 vs mean 0.51, SD 0.96, n = 183; MD ‐0.09, 95% CI ‐0.31 to 0.13; k = 1; N = 338), or those without a history of multiple episodes of SH (mean 0.09, SD 0.47, n = 62 vs mean 0.10, SD 0.41, n = 72; MD ‐0.01, 95% CI ‐0.16 to 0.14; k = 1; N = 134) by the 24‐month follow‐up assessment in one of these trials (Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011).

Secondary outcomes
6.2 Treatment adherence

No data available.

6.3 Depression

No data available.

6.4 Hopelessness

No data available.

6.5 Suicidal ideation

One trial recorded information on suicidal ideation at both the post‐intervention assessment and 12‐months' follow‐up (Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2015). There was a significant treatment effect for the number of people reporting suicidal ideation at the post‐intervention assessment (302/1043 vs 446/1070; OR 0.57, 95% CI 0.48 to 0.68; k = 1; N = 2113). Data reported by the trial authors in a subsequent follow‐up paper suggested that this effect was maintained at the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (465/997 vs 588/1004; OR 0.62, 95% CI 0.52 to 0.74; k = 1; N = 2001; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2015).

6.6 Problem solving

No data available.

6.7 Suicide

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for postcards on suicide by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 5.6; k = 4; N = 3464). Excluding Carter 2005, however, suggested a harmful effect of postcards on suicides (OR 3.74, 95% CI 1.04 to 13.51; k = 3; N = 2692).

Data on suicides by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment were available for one trial (i.e., Carter 2005); however, no significant treatment effect was found (Analysis 5.7; k = 1; N = 772).

Emergency cards vs TAU

Two trials investigated the effectiveness of providing an emergency contact card ('green card') providing 24‐hour access to emergency advice from a psychiatrist in addition to TAU in adults admitted to general hospitals following an episode of SH, most frequently self‐poisoning (Evans 1999a, N = 827; Morgan 1993, N = 212). Evans 1999a reported data on repetition of SH in a secondary trial publication (Evans 2005).

Primary outcome
6.8 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for emergency cards on repetition of SH by the post‐intervention assessment (Analysis 5.1; k = 2; N = 1039). Quality of evidence for this outcome was low (see summary of findings Table 6). There was also no evidence of a significant treatment effect for emergency cards by the time of the 12‐month follow‐up assessment in Evans 1999a (Analysis 5.2; k = 1; N = 827). For this outcome, quality of evidence as assessed by the GRADE criteria was moderate (see summary of findings Table 6).

Evans 1999a disaggregated data on repetition of SH by repeater status (i.e., those without a history of multiple episodes of SH versus those with a history of multiple episodes of SH) in post hoc analyses. Whilst there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for emergency cards on repetition of SH in those without a history of multiple episodes of SH (18/221 vs 25/206; OR 0.64, 95% CI 0.34 to 1.22; k = 1; N = 427), emergency cards were associated with a significantly increased risk of repetition of SH in those with a history of multiple episodes of SH (52/194 vs 33/200; OR 1.85, 95% CI 1.14 to 3.03; k = 1; N = 394) in this trial.

Evans 1999a also reported data on frequency of repetition of SH as the proportion with no episodes at follow‐up, the proportion with a single episode at follow‐up, and the proportion of two or more repeat episodes of SH by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment. There was no significant difference between groups in the number of participants who had none (347/417 vs 351/410; OR 0.83, 95% CI 0.57 to 1.21; k = 1; N = 827), one (46/417 vs 32/410; OR 1.46, 95% CI 0.91 to 2.35; k = 1; N = 827), or two or more (24/417 vs 27/410; OR 0.87, 95% CI 0.49 to 1.53; k = 1; N = 827) episodes of SH over the six‐month follow‐up period.

This authors also presented data on frequency of repetition of SH by repeater status in post hoc analyses. For those without a history of multiple episodes of SH, there was no significant difference between groups in the number of participants who had none (203/221 vs 181/206; OR 1.56, 95% CI 0.82 to 2.95; k = 1; N = 427), one (13/221 vs 16/206; OR 0.74, 95% CI 0.35 to 1.58; k = 1; N = 427), or two or more (5/221 vs 9/206; OR 0.51, 95% CI 0.17 to 1.54; k = 1; N = 427) repeat episodes of SH. For those with a history of multiple episodes of SH, however, receipt of an emergency card was associated with a significant reduction in the number of participants with no further episodes of SH (142/194 vs 167/200; OR 0.54, 95% CI 0.33 to 0.88; k = 1; N = 394) coupled with a significant increase in the number of participants with one repeat episode of SH (33/194 vs 15/200; OR 2.53, 95% CI 1.33 to 4.82; k = 1; N = 394). There was no significant difference between the experimental and control groups with respect to the number of participants with or two or more subsequent episodes of SH for those with a history of multiple episodes of SH, however (19/194 vs 18/200; OR 1.10, 95% CI 0.56 to 2.16; k = 1; N = 394).

Secondary outcomes
6.9 Treatment adherence

No data available.

6.10 Depression

No data available.

6.11 Hopelessness

No data available.

6.12 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

6.13 Problem solving

No data available.

6.14 Suicide

Data on suicides were reported in only one trial (Evans 1999a). There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for emergency cards on suicide by the time of the six‐month follow‐up assessment (2/417 vs 1/410; OR 1.97, 95% CI 0.18 to 21.82; k = 1; N = 827).

General practitioner's letter vs TAU

A single, cluster‐randomised controlled trial compared the effectiveness of a letter from patients' general practitioners following discharge from hospital care offering an appointment and advice on patient management versus TAU over a 12‐month follow‐up period (Bennewith 2002, clusters = 98 practices, N = 1932).

We were unable to adjust for the effects of clustering in this analysis, as the study authors could not provide us with either the intercluster coefficient or the design effect. Therefore the effects we report for this intervention should be interpreted with caution.

Primary outcome
6.15 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for a letter from patients' general practitioners on repetition of SH by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (211/964 vs 189/968; OR 1.15, 95% CI 0.93 to 1.44; k = 1; N = 1932). A moderate quality of evidence was associated with this outcome (see summary of findings Table 6).

A post hoc analysis by sex, however, suggested that whilst there was no significant treatment effect for males (82/383 vs 84/413; OR 1.07, 95% CI 0.76 to 1.50; k = 1; N = 796), a GP letter was associated with a significant treatment effect on repetition of SH for females (30/581 vs 105/555; OR 0.23, 95% CI 0.15 to 0.36; k = 1; N = 1136).

In a second post hoc analysis, the authors also analysed repetition of SH by repeater status at trial entry and concluded that "[t]he odds ratio for the effect of the intervention in patients with a history of self‐harm was 0.57 (0.33 to 0.98), indicating a beneficial effect, and in those with no history was 1.32 (1.02 to 1.70), indicating a harmful effect" (Bennewith 2002, p. 1258). As the raw data on which these sub‐group results were based is not reported, we were unable to reproduce these results in this review.

Secondary outcomes
6.16 Treatment adherence

There was no significant treatment effect for the number of participants with at least one contact with treatment services by the time of the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (351/599 vs 387/681; OR 1.08, 95% CI 0.86 to 1.34; k = 1; N = 1280).

6.17 Depression

No data available.

6.18 Hopelessness

No data available.

6.19 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

6.20 Problem solving

No data available.

6.21 Suicide

No data available.

Telephone contact vs TAU

Three trials investigated the effectiveness of telephone contact in adults admitted to emergency departments following a 'suicide attempt' (i.e., suggestive of suicidal intent) (Cedereke 2002, N = 216; Vaiva 2006, N = 605; Wei 2013, N = 157).

Primary outcome
6.22 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for telephone contact on repetition of SH at the six‐month follow‐up assessment in Wei 2013 (1/41 vs 4/40; OR 0.23, 95% CI 0.02 to 2.11; k = 1; N = 81), by the 12‐month follow‐up period in Cedereke 2002(14/83 vs 15/89; OR 1.00, 95% CI 0.45 to 2.23; k = 1; N = 172), or by the 24‐month follow‐up period in Vaiva 2006 (44/293 vs 59/312; OR 0.76, 95% CI 0.49 to 1.16; k = 1; N = 605). Combining data for these three time points indicated no significant treatment effect for telephone contact by the final follow‐up point (Analysis 5.3; k = 3; N = 840). Quality of evidence for these three time points was very low to low (see summary of findings Table 6).

With respect to frequency of repetition of SH, the mean number of episodes of SH was similar between treatment groups in both Cedereke 2002 (0.31 vs 0.30) and Vaiva 2006 (0.15 vs 0.19). However, as study authors did not report information on SDs, t‐test or F statistics, we were unable to impute SDs using the method outlined in Townsend 2001 to calculate the mean difference in the number of repeat episodes of SH between groups in these two trials.

Secondary outcomes
6.23 Treatment adherence

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect on the number of patients attending treatment at least once by 12‐month follow‐up assessment in one trial (60/83 vs 58/89, OR 1.39, 95% CI 0.73 to 2.67; k = 1; N = 172; Cedereke 2002).

6.24 Depression

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for telephone contact on depression at either the six‐month (mean 6.01, SD 8.87, n = 41 vs mean 5.85, SD 8.16, n = 40; MD 0.16, 95% CI ‐3.55 to 3.87; k = 1; N = 81) or the 12‐month (mean 5.73, SD 8.71, n = 36 vs mean 5.84, SD 8.23, n = 27; MD ‐0.11, 95% CI ‐4.32 to 4.10; k = 1; N = 63) follow‐up assessments in the only trial of telephone contact to report data on depression scores (Wei 2013).

6.25 Hopelessness

No data available.

6.26 Suicidal ideation

Suicidal ideation was recorded continuously in Cedereke 2002, whereas Wei 2013 recorded data on suicidal ideation dichotomously as the proportion self‐reporting an episode of suicidal ideation.

In Cedereke 2002, telephone contact was not associated with a significant treatment effect on suicidal ideation scores by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (mean 5.80, SD 7.80, N = 5 vs mean 4.00, SD 6.20, N = 8; MD 1.80, 95% CI ‐6.27 to 9.87; k = 1; N = 13).

Telephone contact was also not associated with a significant treatment effect on the proportion of participants reporting suicidal ideation by the six‐month follow‐up assessment in Wei 2013 (26/41 vs 24/40; OR 1.16, 95% CI 0.47 to 2.83; k = 1; N = 81). By the 12‐month follow‐up assessment, however, telephone contact was associated with a significant treatment effect on the proportion of participants reporting suicidal ideation in this trial (24/36 vs 25/27; OR 0.16, 95% CI 0.03 to 0.79; k = 1; N = 63).

6.27 Problem solving

No data available.

6.28 Suicide

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for telephone contact on suicides by either the 12‐month (1/107 vs 1/109; OR 1.02, 95% CI 0.06 to 16.50; k = 1; N = 216; Cedereke 2002) or 24‐month (1/293 vs 2/312; OR 0.52, 95% CI 0.05 to 5.89; k = 1; N = 605; Vaiva 2006) follow‐up assessments. Combining data from these trials suggested no evidence of a significant treatment effect by the time of the final follow‐up assessment (Analysis 5.8; k = 2; N = 821).

Mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy vs TAU

One trial assessed the effectiveness of psychotherapy, including elements of training in problem‐solving therapy, meditation and social support, delivered by mobile telephone over a six‐month follow‐up period in adults admitted to general hospitals following an episode of SH with significant suicidal intent (Marasinghe 2012; N = 68). As this trial used a cross‐over design, we report only data from the post‐intervention assessment (i.e., prior to cross‐over) in this review.

Primary outcome
6.29 Repetition of SH

Data obtained by correspondence from the authors indicated there were no repeat episodes of SH in either the treatment or control groups by the post‐intervention assessment. It was therefore not possible to calculate the pooled odds ratio and accompanying 95% confidence interval owing to zero cell counts (Analysis 5.1; k = 1; N = 68). A low quality of evidence was apparent for this outcome (see summary of findings Table 6).

Secondary outcomes
6.30 Treatment adherence

No data available.

6.31 Depression

There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy for depression at the post‐intervention assessment (mean 7.00, SD 5.00, n = 34 vs mean 14.60, SD 10.40, n = 34; MD ‐7.60, 95% CI ‐11.48 to ‐3.72; k = 1; N = 68).

However, a priori analyses suggested that this effect varied by sex. Mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy was associated with a significant treatment effect for depression at the post‐intervention assessment in males (mean 5.90, SD 2.40, n = 17 vs mean 13.30, SD 6.10, n = 17; MD ‐7.40, 95% CI ‐10.52 to ‐4.28; k = 1; N = 34) but not in females (mean 8.10, SD 6.30, n = 17 vs mean 11.60, SD 6.50, n = 17; MD ‐3.50, 95% CI ‐7.80 to 0.80; k = 1; N = 34).

6.32 Hopelessness

No data available.

6.34 Suicidal ideation

There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy for suicidal ideation at the post‐intervention assessment (mean 3.60, SD 1.60, n = 34 vs mean 7.30, SD 5.50, n = 34; MD ‐3.70, 95% CI ‐5.63 to ‐1.77; k = 1; N = 68) in this trial.

When we analysed results separately by sex, however, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy for suicidal ideation at the post‐intervention assessment in males (mean 3.50, SD 1.80, n = 17 vs mean 6.20, SD 5.50, n = 17; MD ‐2.70, 95% CI ‐5.45 to 0.05; k = 1; N = 34). There was, however, a significant treatment effect for females (mean 3.80, SD 1.40, n = 17 vs mean 8.90, SD 6.20, n = 17; MD ‐5.10, 95% CI ‐8.12 to ‐2.08; k = 1; N = 34).

6.35 Problem solving

No data available.

6.36 Suicide

Information obtained by correspondence indicated that there was one suicide in the experimental group by the time of the post‐intervention assessment and none in the control group. Mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy was not associated with a significant treatment effect for suicide by this time point (Analysis 5.6; k = 1; N = 68).

Comparison 7: Other mixed interventions vs TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

A number of single, small trials investigated the effectiveness of other types of heterogeneous interventions, including: interpersonal problem‐solving skills training (vs TAU; McLeavey 1994), behaviour therapy (vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy; Liberman 1981), provision of information and support (vs TAU; Fleischmann 2008), treatment for alcohol misuse (vs TAU; Crawford 2010), home‐based problem‐solving therapy (vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy; Hawton 1981), intensive inpatient and community treatment (vs TAU; Van der Sande 1997a, general hospital admission (vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy; Waterhouse 1990, intensive outpatient treatment (vs TAU; Allard 1992; Welu 1977), and long‐term therapy (vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy; Torhorst 1988).

Interpersonal problem‐solving skills training vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

One small trial compared the effectiveness of interpersonal problem‐solving skills training (IPSST) with brief problem‐oriented therapy in adults admitted to accident and emergency facilities following an episode of self‐poisoning (McLeavey 1994; N = 39).

Primary outcome
7.1 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for repetition of SH, defined as a 'self‐poisoning act', within the 12‐month follow‐up period (2/17 vs 4/16; OR 0.40, 95% CI 0.06 to 2.57; k = 1; N = 33) in this trial. A very low quality of evidence was associated with this outcome (see summary of findings Table 7).

Secondary outcomes
7.2 Treatment adherence

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect on the number of participants who completed the full course of treatment (2/19 vs 3/20; OR = 0.67, 95% CI 0.10 to 4.51; k = 1; N = 39).There was, however, evidence for a significant treatment effect in terms of the number of treatment sessions attended (mean 5.30, SD 0.48, n = 17 vs mean 4.20, SD 1.32, n = 16; MD 1.10, 95% CI 0.41 to 1.79; k = 1; N = 33).

7.3 Depression

No data available.

7.4 Hopelessness

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for hopelessness at the six‐month follow‐up assessment (mean 6.12, SD 4.61, n = 19 vs mean 4.35, SD 4.39, n = 20; MD 1.77, 95% CI ‐1.06 to 4.60; k = 1; N = 39).

7.5 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

7.6 Problem solving

Analysis of means estimated by the review authors from graphics in the original report suggests that, at the post‐intervention assessment, participants allocated to the experimental group had scores within the normal range whilst those allocated to the control group remained impaired according to both the Means‐Ends Problem‐Solving Scale (estimated means 6.4 vs 2.9) and the Self‐Rated Problem Solving Scale (estimated means 89.8 vs 78.0). Additionally, participants in the experimental group reported feeling more confident in solving problems post‐treatment according to scores on the Perceived Ability to Solve Current Problems scale (estimated means 0.9 vs 1.9). Lastly, both groups reported a reduction in self‐reported number of problems (estimated means 1.1 vs 1.5).

Results reported by the trial authors suggest an equal benefit of both treatments in reducing the "number of presenting problems. . ." (McLeavey 1994, p. 382). However, the authors conclude that IPSST was "significantly more effective . . . as determined by other outcome measures. . ." including measures of interpersonal cognitive problem‐solving, self‐rated personal problem‐solving ability, and perceived ability to cope with ongoing problems (McLeavey 1994, p.382).

7.7 Suicide

There were no suicides in either group during the 12‐month follow‐up period.

Behaviour therapy vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

One small trial compared the effectiveness of behaviour therapy versus insight‐oriented therapy in adults referred for inpatient treatment following a suicide attempt (Liberman 1981; N = 24).

Primary outcome
7.8 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect with regards to the number of patients repeating SH by the 24‐month follow‐up period (2/12 vs 3/12; OR 0.60, 95% CI 0.08 to 4.45; k = 1; N = 24). This outcome was associated with a low quality of evidence (see summary of findings Table 7)

Secondary outcomes
7.9 Treatment adherence

No data available.

7.10 Depression

Depression was measured using both the BDI and the ZSRDS in this trial. There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for behaviour therapy at the post‐treatment assessment according to both measures (BDI: mean 4.00, SD 4.00, n = 12 vs mean 14.00, SD 12.00, n = 12; MD ‐10.00, 95% CI ‐17.16 to ‐2.84; k = 1; N = 24; ZSRDS: mean 32.00, SD 8.00, n = 12 vs mean 43.00, SD 14.00, n = 12; MD ‐11.00, 95% CI ‐20.12 to ‐1.88; k = 1; N = 24).

At the six‐month (24‐week) follow‐up assessment, although there was no significant treatment effect for depression according to the ZSRDS (mean 34.00, SD 8.00, n = 12 vs mean 41.00, SD 13.00, n = 12; MD ‐7.00, 95% CI ‐15.64 to 1.64; k = 1; N = 24), BDI scores did show an effect (mean 4.00, SD 6.00, n = 12 vs mean 13.00, SD 11.00, n = 12; MD ‐9.00, 95% CI ‐16.09 to ‐1.91; k = 1; N = 24).

7.11 Hopelessness

No data available.

7.12 Suicidal ideation

There was no evidence of a significant effect for behaviour therapy on the number of patients reporting suicidal ideation at the 24‐month follow‐up assessment (5/12 vs9/12; OR 0.24, 95% CI 0.04 to 1.36; k = 1; N = 24).

7.13 Problem solving

No data available.

7.14 Suicide

No data available.

Provision of information and support vs TAU

The effectiveness of providing a one‐off hospital‐based information session combined with regular home visits and/or telephone contact in addition to TAU over an 18 month follow‐up period was investigated in one multicentre trial (SUPRE‐MISS) conducted in ten countries, although data from only five of these countries are reported in Bertolote 2010 (N = 1,663) and Fleischmann 2008 (N = 1,699). Data from three of the individual countries (Hassanzadeh 2010, N = 632; Vijayakumar 2011, N = 680; Xu 2012, N = 111) were also included for some outcomes.

Correspondence with authors indicted that the term 'attempted suicide' in this trial was used to refer to SH both with and without suicidal intent.

Primary outcome
7.15 Repetition of SH

For the overall SUPRE‐MISS cohort, data from Bertolote 2010 indicated there was no evidence for a significant treatment effect for information and support on repetition of SH by the 18‐month follow‐up assessment (66/863 vs 60/800; OR 1.02, 95% CI 0.71 to 1.47; k = 1; N = 1663). This outcome was associated with low quality of evidence according to the GRADE criteria (see summary of findings Table 7).

Data on repetition of SH were also available for males and females separately. Overall, across all five sites, there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect on repetition of SH by the 18‐month follow‐up assessment in either males (30/349 vs 27/340; OR 1.09, 95% CI 0.63 to 1.88; k = 1; N = 689) or females (36/514 vs 33/460; OR 0.97, 95% CI 0.60 to 1.59; k = 1; N = 974).

Data on repetition of SH by the 18‐month follow‐up assessment were also available for each of the five countries separately. Although there was no significant difference between groups for the individual sites in Campinas, Brazil (21/71 vs 10/64; OR 2.27, 95% CI 0.97 to 5.28; k = 1; N = 135), Colombo, Sri Lanka (3/130 vs 5/121; OR 0.55, 95% CI 0.13 to 2.34; k = 1; N = 251), Karaj, Iran (33/303 vs 28/298; OR 1.18, 95% CI 0.69 to 2.00; k = 1; N = 601), and Yuncheng, China (1/58 vs 0/38; OR 2.01, 95% CI 0.08 to 50.60; k = 1; N = 96), significantly fewer participants in the experimental group had repeated SH by the 18‐month follow‐up period at the Chennai, India site (8/301 vs 17/260; OR 0.39, 95% CI 0.17 to 0.92; k = 1; N = 561). Quality of evidence for these five sites varied from very low to low (see summary of findings Table 7).

Breaking results down by gender revealed no significant effect for information and support on repetition of SH by the 18‐month follow‐up assessment for either gender at either of the five study sites [Campinas, Brazil: males 4/21 vs. 3/25; OR 1.73, 95% CI 0.34 to 8.76; k = 1; N = 46 versus females 17/50 vs. 7/39; OR 2.35, 95% CI 0.86 to 6.44; k = 1; N = 89; Chennai, India: males 5/148 vs. 7/125; OR 0.59, 95% CI 0.18 to 1.91; k = 1; N = 273 versus females 3/153 vs. 10/153; OR 0.29, 95% CI 0.08 to 1.06; k = 1; N = 306; Colombo, Sri Lanka: males 1/54 vs. 3/53; OR 0.31, 95% CI 0.03 to 3.12; k = 1; N = 107 versus females 2/76 vs. 2/68; OR 0.89, 95% CI 0.12 to 6.51; k = 1; N = 144; Karaj, Islamic Republic of Iran: males 19/109 vs. 14/118; OR 1.57, 95% CI 0.74 to 3.31; k = 1; N = 227 versus females 14/194 vs. 14/180; OR 0.92, 95% CI 0.43 to 1.99; k = 1; N = 374; Yuncheng, China: males: 1/17 vs. 0/19; OR 3.55, 95% CI 0.14 to 93.01; k = 1; N = 36 versus females 0/41 vs. 0/38; OR not calculable; k = 1; N = 79].

Hassanzadeh 2010 reported data on frequency of SH for one sub‐sample at the six‐month follow‐up assessment in Karaj, Iran. In this sample, there was evidence of a significant increase in frequency of repetition of SH in the information and support group relative to the TAU group (mean 1.63, SD 1.19, n = 319 vs mean 1.17, SD 0.38, n = 310; MD 0.46, 95% CI 0.32 to 0.60; k = 1; N = 629). Quality of evidence for this outcome was low (see summary of findings Table 7).

Secondary outcomes
7.16 Treatment adherence

No data available.

7.17 Depression

Correspondence with authors revealed that information on depression was recorded at one site only: Yuncheng, China (reported by Xu 2012). Information and support was associated with a significant treatment effect for depression scores at this site by the 18‐month follow‐up assessment (mean 2.51, SD 3.25, n = 57 vs mean 5.60, SD 9.25, n = 54; MD ‐3.09, 95% CI ‐5.70 to ‐0.48; k = 1; N = 111).

7.18 Hopelessness

No data available.

7.19 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

7.20 Problem solving

Correspondence with authors revealed that information on problem solving was reported for one site only: Yuncheng, China (reported in Xu 2012). There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for information and support at this site by the 18‐month follow‐up assessment (mean 0.64, SD 0.29, n = 57 vs mean 0.52, SD 0.30, n = 54; MD 0.12, 95% CI 0.01 to 0.23; k = 1; N = 111).

7.21 Suicide

In the overall SUPRE‐MISS cohort, as reported in the primary study reference (Fleischmann 2008), there was evidence of a significant treatment effect for information and support on suicide by the 18‐month follow‐up period (2/872 vs 18/827; OR 0.10, 95% CI 0.02 to 0.45; k = 1; N = 1699).

Data on suicides were also available for three of the five study sites in related publications: Vijayakumar 2011 reported data from Chennai, India, Hassanzadeh 2010 from Karaj, Iran, and Xu 2012 from Yuncheng, China. There was evidence of a significant treatment effect for information and support on suicides by the 18‐month follow‐up assessment at the Chennai, India site (1/302 vs 9/320; OR 0.11, 95% CI 0.01 to 0.91; k = 1; N = 622) but not at either the Karaj, Iran (2/319 vs 2/310; OR 0.97, 95% CI 0.14 to 6.94; k = 1; N = 629) or the Yuncheng, China (0/57 vs 2/54; OR 0.18, 95% CI 0.01 to 3.89; k = 1; N = 111) sites.

Notably, the number of completed suicides in the experimental group reported for these three subsamples is greater than the number reported for the overall SUPRE‐MISS cohort in the primary study reference (i.e., Fleischmann 2008). We were unable to confirm the correct number of completed suicides in the experimental group with the authors. Including the one additional suicide for the experimental group identified from the three subsample publications with the data reported in the primary study reference, however, did not materially affect the result obtained for the overall SUPRE‐MISS cohort.

Treatment for alcohol misuse vs TAU

One trial investigated the effectiveness of a brief intervention for alcohol misuse on repetition of SH over a six‐month follow‐up period in adults who were misusing alcohol and were admitted to emergency departments following an episode of SH (Crawford 2010; N = 103).

Primary outcome
7.22 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for treatment for alcohol misuse on repetition of SH by the six‐month follow‐up period (7/52 vs11/51; OR 0.57, 95% CI 0.20 to 1.60; k = 1; N = 103). This was associated with a moderate quality of evidence (see summary of findings Table 7).

Secondary outcomes
7.23 Treatment adherence

The study authors report that only 47.1% of those randomised to the experimental group attended the brief alcohol treatment session (Crawford 2010, p.1826). However, as corresponding numbers were not available for the control group, who did not receive an invitation to a brief alcohol treatment session, we could not calculate treatment effect sizes for this outcome.

7.24 Depression

No data available.

7.25 Hopelessness

No data available.

7.26 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

7.27 Problem solving

No data available.

7.28 Suicide

Correspondence with authors confirmed that no participants died by suicide in either group over the course of the six‐month follow‐up period. However, the authors warn that as they were unable to track participants via their National Health Service (NHS) identity numbers, they were unable to confirm numbers of suicides from national mortality data. Thus, there may have been suicides amongst those participants whom the authors were unable to contact by the six‐month follow‐up assessment.

Home‐based problem‐solving therapy vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Hawton 1981 (N = 96) investigated the effectiveness of brief problem‐oriented counselling delivered in two different ways, namely as a flexibly‐timed home‐based therapy, combined with open access via telephone services to the general hospital psychiatric service, versus treatment in weekly outpatient clinics, in adults referred to the psychiatric department of a general hospital following admission for self‐poisoning, irrespective of intent.

Primary outcome
7.29 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for home‐based problem‐solving therapy on repetition of SH by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (5/48 vs 7/48; OR 0.68; 95% CI 0.20 to 2.32; k = 1; N = 96). Quality of evidence, as assessed using the GRADE criteria, was moderate for this outcome (see summary of findings Table 7).

Secondary outcomes
7.30 Treatment adherence

There was, however, a significant treatment effect for home‐based problem‐solving therapy on the number of participants who attended at least one treatment session over the course of the 12‐month follow‐up period (45/48 vs 35/48; OR 5.57, 95% CI 1.47 to 21.08; k = 1; N = 96).

7.31 Depression

Although this trial included data on depression, the authors modified the scale used (Lorr and McNair Mood Scale; McNair 1964; Lorr 1967), thereby precluding inclusion of this data in this review.

7.32 Hopelessness

No data available.

7.33 Suicidal Ideation

Data obtained by correspondence suggested there was no significant treatment effect for suicidal ideation at either the post‐treatment assessment (Mann‐Whitney U = 984, P = 0.29) or six‐month follow‐up (Mann‐Whitney U = 726, P = 0.14). As only median, rather than mean, scores were available for this outcome, we were unable to reproduce the mean difference in suicidal ideation scores between the experimental and control groups in this review.

7.34 Problem solving

No data available.

7.35 Suicide

No data available.

Intensive inpatient and community treatment vs TAU

One trial compared the effectiveness of brief psychiatric inpatient admission followed by regular outpatient appointments and 24‐hour access to the psychiatric unit with TAU over a 12‐month follow‐up period in adults admitted to a general hospital following a 'suicide attempt' (i.e., suggestive of suicidal intent) (Van der Sande 1997a, N = 274).

Primary outcome
7.36 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for intensive inpatient and community treatment on repetition of SH by the 12‐month follow‐up (24/140 vs 20/134; OR 1.18, 95% CI 0.62 to 2.25; k = 1; N = 274). Quality of evidence, according to the GRADE criteria, was low for this outcome (see summary of findings Table 7).

With respect to frequency of repetition of SH, there was also no evidence of a significant treatment effect for intensive inpatient and community treatment (mean 0.23, SD 0.57, n = 140 vs mean 0.23, SD 0.81, n = 134; MD 0.00, 95% CI ‐0.17 to 0.17, k = 1; N = 274). Quality of evidence for this outcome was also low (see summary of findings Table 7).

Secondary outcomes
7.37 Treatment adherence

There was a significant treatment effect for treatment adherence. More patients in the experimental group attended at least one outpatient treatment session by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (119/140 vs 64/134; OR 6.99, 95% CI 3.69 to 12.36; k = 1; N = 274). However, there was no difference in the total number of treatment sessions attended (mean 14.30, SD 24.20, n = 140 vs mean 11.40, SD 27.70, n = 134; MD 2.90, 95% CI ‐3.27 to 9.07; k = 1; N = 274).

7.38 Depression

There was no significant treatment effect for intensive inpatient and community treatment on depression scores by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (mean 30.80, SD 15.90, n = 94 vs mean 35.80, SD 16.20, n = 50; MD ‐5.00, 95% CI ‐10.52 to 0.52; k = 1; N = 144).

7.39 Hopelessness

There was no significant treatment effect for intensive inpatient and community treatment on hopelessness scores by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (mean 6.10, SD 5.00, n = 94 vs mean 7.50, SD 5.90, n = 50; MD ‐1.40, 95% CI ‐3.32 to 0.52; k = 1; N = 144).

7.40 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

7.41 Problem solving

No data available.

7.42 Suicide

There was also no evidence of a significant treatment effect for suicide by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (1/140 vs 2/134; OR 0.47, 95% CI 0.04 to 5.30; k = 1; N = 274).

General hospital admission vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

One trial investigated the effectiveness of general hospital admission versus non‐admission over a four‐month follow‐up period in a group of adults attending an emergency room following an episode of self‐poisoning, who had no immediate medical or psychiatric treatment needs (Waterhouse 1990, N = 77). In this trial, admission was described as consisting of little more than admission to an inpatient bed. The investigators did not attempt to influence referral to psychiatric or other treatment services. The median length of admission for those allocated to the experimental group was 17 hours.

Primary outcome
7.43 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for hospital admission on repetition of SH at the post‐intervention assessment (2/38 vs 2/39; OR 1.03, 95% CI 0.14 to 7.69; k = 1; N = 77) or by the four‐month follow‐up assessment (3/38 vs 4/39; OR 0.75, 95% CI 0.16 to 3.60; k = 1; N = 77). Quality of evidence for these time points was low (see summary of findings Table 7).

Secondary outcomes
7.44 Treatment adherence

No data available.

7.45 Depression

No data available.

7.46 Hopelessness

The authors state that there was no significant difference in hopelessness scores at the post‐intervention assessment (mean 10.29, SD 5.68 vs mean 10.21, SD 4.97); however, they did not provide the numbers of patients in each group, thus precluding calculation of the MD and its associated 95% CI.

7.47 Suicidal ideation

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for hospital admission on suicidal ideation scores by the four‐month follow‐up assessment (mean 0.22, SD 0.85, n = 27 vs mean 0.04, SD 0.20, n = 25; MD 0.18, 95% CI ‐0.15 to 0.51; k = 1; N = 52).

7.48 Problem solving

No data available.

7.49 Suicide

No data available.

Intensive outpatient treatment vs TAU

Two trials compared the effectiveness of intensive outreach interventions with standard outpatient care in adults admitted to emergency departments following a 'suicide attempt' (i.e., suggestive of suicidal intent) (Allard 1992, N = 150; Welu 1977, N = 119). Allard 1992 compared an intensive intervention, involving psychiatrists and a social worker, a schedule of visits including at least one home visit, therapy provided where needed, reminders (telephone or written), and home visits with treatment by regular personnel in the same hospital over a 12‐month treatment period. Therapies in the experimental group varied, and drug therapy was also an option. Welu 1977 compared a specialist, intensive outreach programme in which a community mental health team contacted participants immediately after discharge and arranged home visits and weekly or bi‐weekly contact with therapists alongside routine psychiatric consultation.

Primary outcome
7.50 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for intensive intervention on repetition of SH by either the four‐month (Welu 1977: 3/62 vs 9/57; OR 0.27, 95% CI 0.07 to 1.06; k = 1; N = 119) or 24‐month (Allard 1992: 22/63 vs 19/63; OR 1.24, 95% CI 0.59 to 2.62; k = 1; N = 126) follow‐up assessments. For both follow‐up periods, quality of evidence was low(see summary of findings Table 7). We combined the results of these two trials, and again there was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for intensive outpatient intervention by the final follow‐up point (Analysis 6.1; k = 2; N = 245). The quality of evidence was very low for this outcome (see summary of findings Table 7).

In the one trial that reported information on frequency of SH over the course of the 24‐month follow‐up period (i.e., Allard 1992), "the experimental subjects did not make fewer attempts than the comparison subjects" (Allard 1992, p. 310).

Secondary outcomes
7.51 Treatment adherence

Data on treatment adherence were only available for Allard 1992. However, as the authors did not report information on SDs, t‐test or F statistics we were unable to impute SDs using the method outlined in Townsend 2001 to calculate the mean difference in the number of treatment sessions attended. Nevertheless, the authors themselves report that "[t]he mean numbers of encounters with psychiatrists were 12.35 versus 1.54 (P < 0.001) in the first year and 2.11 versus 0.64 (P = 0.071) in the second year" (Allard 1992, p. 311).

7.52 Depression

No data available.

7.53 Hopelessness

No data available.

7.54 Suicidal ideation

No data available.

7.55 Problem solving

No data available.

7.56 Suicide

Allard 1992 reported data on suicide during follow‐up. There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for the intensive outpatient intervention on suicides, however, by the 24‐month follow‐up assessment (3/76 vs 1/74; OR 3.00, 95% CI 0.30 to 29.52; k = 1; N = 150) in this trial.

Long‐term psychotherapy vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

One trial investigated the effectiveness of long‐term (one session per month over 12 months) versus short‐term (one session per week over 12 weeks) outpatient psychotherapy on repetition of SH over a 12‐month follow‐up period in adults admitted to hospital due to repeated episodes of self‐poisoning (Torhorst 1988, N = 80). The content of therapy was not specified in this trial, however.

Primary outcome
7.57 Repetition of SH

There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for long‐term therapy on repetition of SH by the post‐treatment assessment (9/40 vs 9/40; OR 1.00, 95% CI 0.35 to 2.86; k = 1; N = 80). A low quality of evidence was associated with this outcome (see summary of findings Table 7).

Secondary outcomes
7.58 Treatment adherence

The authors did not provide numerical data on treatment adherence, although they state, "[a]ttendance at the first session was about equal for both groups (about 60%)" (Torhorst 1988, p. 420). However, the authors further state that "participation of the 12‐month (long‐term therapy) group dropped drastically by the second session to under 40%, while the participation of the patients in the 3‐month (intensive short‐term therapy) program remained higher" (Torhorst 1988, p. 420). It is unclear whether this difference was significant.

Overall adherence also appears to have been very low in both groups as the "average number of sessions was 3.9 (out of a possible 12 sessions) in the three‐month group and 2.6 (out of a possible 12 sessions) for the 12‐month group" (Torhorst 1988, p.420). Again, it is unclear whether this difference is significant. Additionally, as neither SDs, nor t‐test, nor F statistics were reported, we were unable to impute SDs using the method outlined in Townsend 2001 to calculate the mean difference in the number of treatment sessions attended by the experimental and control groups.

7.59 Depression

Although numerical data on depression scores were not available, means estimated by the review authors from a graph in the original report suggest there was little difference in depression scores between those allocated to long‐term therapy and those allocated to short‐term therapy by the 12‐month follow‐up assessment (estimated means 9.3 vs 6.7).

The study authors, however, stated that "self‐evaluated depressivity. . . improved considerably more for the patients of the three‐month program than for those of the 12‐month program" (Torhorst 1988, p. 421). This improvement was described by the authors as significant.

7.60 Hopelessness

No data provided.

7.61 Suicidal ideation

No data provided.

7.62 Problem solving

No data provided.

7.63 Suicide

No data provided.

Discussion

This systematic review represents an update of previous versions (Hawton 1998; Hawton 1999; NICE 2011). Whilst those versions included psychosocial and pharmacological interventions as well as data for adults, children and adolescents who engage in SH, this update focused solely on psychosocial treatments for adults. In the previous versions of this review, we only focused on a limited number of clinical outcomes, namely repetition of SH and suicide. In this update we have considerably expanded the range of clinically relevant outcomes examined to include treatment adherence, depression, hopelessness, problem‐solving, and suicidal ideation where available. We also reported frequency of SH where data on this outcome were available. For the primary outcome of SH, we have included SH episodes with any type of motivation, including suicidal. Where we clarified suicidal intent with study authors a number reported including all episodes of SH irrespective of suicidal intent despite inclusion criteria suggesting that only those indicating intent to die were eligible to participate, highlighting the problems in attempting to ascertain suicidal intent.

Recently there has been a considerable increase in the number of trials conducted in this field and in the types of interventions evaluated, reflecting the international concern about self‐harm, the increased attention to suicide prevention in particular, and the involvement of newer countries in this research, especially in Asia.

Previously we commented on the fact that the majority of trials included either patients who had all taken overdoses, or samples where the majority had, reflecting the types of patients who present to general hospitals following SH (Hawton 2007). However, there are other important patient subgroups, especially those who engage in self‐mutilation. Some of the more recent trials in this review included such participants, particularly those that focused on patients who had a history of multiple episodes of SH at trial entry (e.g., Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014; Harned 2014; Linehan 1991; Linehan 2006; McMain 2009; Priebe 2012; Weinberg 2006). It should be noted that people who repeat SH may change the methods they use (Owens 2015; Lilley 2008). It is also important to note that multiple repetition of SH is associated with increased suicide risk (Zahl 2004).

None of the trials included information on adverse effects of these interventions, other than further suicidal behaviour.

We have used the intention‐to‐treat method where data allowed. This was usually possible when examining the outcomes of repetition of SH and suicide. Where outcomes relied on patient interview, this was generally not possible and we have instead used all available case data.

Summary of main results

CBT‐based psychotherapy

There were 18 trials that compared CBT‐based psychotherapy, comprising cognitive behavioural therapy, problem‐solving therapy, or both, versus treatment as usual (TAU) (Brown 2005; Davidson 2014; Dubois 1999; Evans 1999b; Gibbons 1978; Guthrie 2001; Hatcher 2011; Hawton 1987a; Husain 2014; McAuliffe 2014; Patsiokas 1985; Salkovskis 1990; Slee 2008; Stewart 2009; Tapolaa 2010; Tyrer 2003; Wei 2013; Weinberg 2006). Meta‐analysis of these trials provided evidence to suggest a reduction in repetition of SH at both 6 and 12 months after trial entry and at final follow‐up. However, we did not find any significant treatment effect for CBT‐based psychotherapy on the frequency of SH at final follow‐up. On the basis of data from 15 trials, there was no evidence of a significant effect of psychological therapy on suicides, although relatively few events (i.e., 24) were recorded. We also found beneficial effects for depression and hopelessness at 6 and 12 months as well as at final follow‐up. Few trials assessed suicidal ideation, although there was an apparent benefit for CBT‐based psychotherapy at three months, six months, and at final follow‐up. Relatively few trials reported findings for treatment adherence, and they did so in different ways, so we cannot draw firm conclusions for this outcome.

Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder

Group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy

On the basis of two trials, conducted by the same research group, emotion‐regulation therapy for patients with borderline personality disorder provided in a group‐based setting was associated with a reduction in the proportion of patients repeating SH in the final two months of the initial treatment period, but not with an overall reduction in the frequency of SH over the whole treatment period (Gratz 2006; Gratz 2014). There was also no effect for this type of therapy on depression.

Mentalisation

In a single trial, mentalisation therapy for patients diagnosed with borderline personality disorder was associated with fewer participants repeating both SH and suicide attempts by the post‐intervention assessment (Bateman 2009). There were also beneficial effects for frequency of repetition of suicide attempts and for depression scores.

Dialectical behaviour therapy

Three trials compared DBT with TAU in patients diagnosed with borderline personality disorder, with no apparent overall effect on the proportion of patients repeating SH at 12 and 24 months following trial entry (Linehan 1991; McMain 2009; Priebe 2012). There was, however, a significant treatment effect for DBT on frequency of repetition of SH.

A single trial compared DBT versus psychological treatment by 'experts' (CBT‐E; Linehan 2006). There was no evidence of differences in outcomes for patients in the two groups in terms of the proportion repeating SH or in the total number for 'parasuicidal' acts, although the authors stated that there was a beneficial effect for DBT on suicide re‐attempts. There were no differences between the DBT and CBT‐E groups for depression and suicidal ideation, however.

There was no difference in terms of repetition of SH, depression, or treatment adherence in a single small trial between two forms of DBT, an experimental one in which participants were given significantly longer cognitive exposure to stressful events coupled with the standard DBT protocol and a control one in which participants received the standard DBT protocol as devised by Linehan 1991 (Harned 2014).

Dialectical behaviour‐oriented therapy

In a single small trial (Turner 2000), DBT‐oriented therapy appeared to be more effective than client‐oriented therapy in terms of the proportion of patients repeating SH and the frequency of SH. There were also benefits for depression and suicidal ideation.

Case management

In a single trial comparing case management versus TAU, there was no effect for the experimental treatment on the proportion of participants repeating SH, but it was associated with fewer multiple admissions (Clarke 2002).

Two trials compared case management with added assertive outreach versus TAU (Hvid 2011; Morthorst 2012). There was no evidence of a significant treatment effect for repetition of SH, but there was a reduction in the proportion of females repeating SH in the experimental group in one of these trials (Hvid 2011).

A single large trial compared case management plus assertive outreach versus enhanced usual care (Kawanishi 2014). There was no difference between groups for repetition of SH or for suicide by the 24‐month follow‐up period, although the study authors state that are undertaking further analyses and also data for hopelessness.

Treatment adherence enhancement approaches

Adherence enhancement

In a single trial that made efforts to improve adherence with treatment by having nurses make home visits to participants who had not attended initial outpatient appointments, there were increased rates of attendance at the outpatient clinic in the group receiving the experimental intervention. However, in spite of a marked reduction in subsequent repetition of SH in this group, the difference was non‐significant (Van Heeringen 1995).

Continuity of care by the same therapist

In a single trial, continuity of care (i.e., where the clinician who assessed each participant in hospital also provided aftercare for them) resulted in better treatment attendance than where different therapists treated participants (Torhorst 1987). However, there was no beneficial effect on repetition of SH.

Mixed multimodal interventions

Mixed multimodal interventions

A single large trial compared a package of interventions including problem‐solving therapy, postcards, and vouchers entitling participants to GP care versus TAU (Hatcher 2015). However, there was no beneficial effect for the experimental treatment on repetition of SH, depression, or hopelessness.

Culturally‐adapted mixed multimodal interventions

Hatcher 2016a adapted the treatment package developed by Hatcher 2015 for participants self‐identifying as of Māori ethnicity. There were no apparent benefits of this intervention in terms of repetition of SH (including in subgroups of those with only a single episode of SH prior to trial entry and those with a history of multiple episodes of SH), depression, or hopelessness.

Remote contact interventions

Postcards

Four trials compared the effectiveness of postcards sent on a regular basis over a 12‐month period with TAU (Beautrais 2010; Carter 2005; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Kapur 2013a). However, there was no benefit for this intervention in terms of proportion of patients repeating SH. Substantial heterogeneity was associated with this analysis, and removing Kapur 2013a (a small pilot trial which may have been an outlier) resulted in a significant treatment effect. The single largest trial of this intervention did find fewer patients repeating SH in the experimental group (Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011). This result is notable because the control treatment used in this trial would have consisted of little more than discharge because of the paucity of psychiatric services in Iran as compared to Australia, New Zealand, and the UK, which have well‐developed services. This raises the possibility that such an intervention may be more effective in such settings. Additionally, the postcards used in this trial included religious and philosophical messages in addition to general support, which may also explain their apparent efficacy in reducing suicidal behaviour.

There was also no evidence of a significant treatment effect for postcards on frequency of repetition of SH at either post‐intervention or at 12 or 24 months' follow‐up in three of the four trials of postcards (Carter 2005; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Kapur 2013a). It should be noted that the positive effect on frequency of repetition reported in Carter 2005 was, according to the study's author, largely accounted for by difference in repetition in a small subsample (less than 3% of the total sample) of women with a history of three or more episodes of SH prior to trial entry.

Emergency cards

On the basis of two trials, there was no evidence that provision of an emergency contact card allowing emergency access to a psychiatrist on demand had an impact on repetition of SH (Evans 1999a; Morgan 1993). In the original report, however, a post hoc subgroup analysis indicated that receipt of the emergency card was associated with an increased risk of repetition of SH in those with a history of multiple episodes of SH prior to the index episode (Evans 1999a).

General practitioner's letter

In a single trial in which general practitioners sent a letter to participants following their discharge from hospital after SH offering an appointment coupled with specialist advice on the management of SH patients (Bennewith 2002), there was no apparent beneficial effect on repetition of SH, although there was evidence of a substantial beneficial effect in females. When analysed by repeater status, furthermore, there appeared to be a beneficial effect in those with a history of multiple episodes of SH at trial entry, but the reverse was true in those with only a single episode of SH at trial entry.

Telephone contact

In three trials telephone contact with patients after discharge from hospital did not produce any apparent benefits in terms of repetition of SH compared with standard care (Cedereke 2002; Vaiva 2006; Wei 2013). There was also no evidence of any impact of telephone contact on depression, suicidal ideation, or on the proportion of participants attending at least one treatment session during the 12‐month follow‐up period.

Mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy

A single trial delivered psychotherapy, which included elements of problem‐solving therapy, meditation, and social support, by mobile telephone (Marasinghe 2012), but there was no effect of this intervention on repetition of SH. In the mobile phone psychotherapy group, however, depression improved more in males compared to those assigned to the wait list control group, whereas suicidal ideation improved more in females.

Other mixed interventions

Interpersonal problem‐solving skills training

In a single trial, interpersonal problem‐solving skills training (IPSST) was no better than brief problem‐oriented therapy in terms of repetition of SH, suicide and hopelessness (McLeavey 1994), although patients in the IPSST group may have had better scores after treatment with regard to measures of problem‐solving. Treatment adherence also did not differ between groups, although patients in the IPSST group did attend more treatment sessions.

Behaviour therapy

In a single trial, although behaviour therapy appeared to lead to significant reductions in depression at the 10‐week post‐treatment assessment, by the nine‐month follow‐up assessment there was no apparent benefit for behaviour therapy compared to insight‐oriented therapy (Liberman 1981). Behaviour therapy was also associated with mixed findings with respect to suicidal ideation. There was no apparent effect of behaviour therapy in reducing the proportion of participants reporting suicidal ideation at the two‐year follow‐up period, although there was some evidence of a significant treatment effect for shorter follow‐up periods. Behaviour therapy was also not associated with a significant treatment effect for repetition of SH over a two‐year follow‐up period.

Provision of information and support

In a single trial conducted in five countries, a hospital‐based information service combined with regular home support, telephone support, or both, appeared to have no extra benefit compared to TAU in terms of repetition of SH (Bertolote 2010). However, when results were analysed separately by site, although no apparent benefit for information and support was found for four of the five sites, this intervention package was associated with a significant reduction in repetition of SH at the Chennai, India site. There was evidence of significant reduction in suicide for the overall cohort (Fleischmann 2008) and for the Chennai, India site (Vijayakumar 2011), but not for the remaining two sites for which data on suicides were available (Karaj, Iran: Hassanzadeh 2010 and Yuncheng, China: Xu 2012). We have noted that there is a discrepancy between the findings for the overall cohort and those reported from the individual sites, in that the number of suicides reported for the overall cohort for the experimental group is less than that presented in three local site reports (i.e., two vs three, respectively).

Treatment for alcohol misuse

Evaluation in a single trial of a brief intervention for alcohol misuse in SH patients showed no significant effect for this intervention on repetition of SH, although the proportion of participants repeating SH was somewhat lower in the experimental group (Crawford 2010). However, only 47.1% of those randomised to the experimental group attended the alcohol treatment session. The original trial report did, however, observe a non‐significant trend towards reduced alcohol consumption per drinking day in those allocated to the experimental arm.

Home‐based problem‐solving psychotherapy

In a single trial, home‐based problem‐solving psychotherapy resulted in better treatment adherence than outpatient problem‐solving therapy, but there was no difference in repetition of SH, depression, or suicidal ideation between the groups (Hawton 1981).

Intensive inpatient and community treatment

A single trial compared an intervention involving brief psychiatric admission followed by regular outpatient appointments plus 24‐hour access to a treatment service versus TAU (Van der Sande 1997a). There was no difference between the two groups in repetition of SH, depression, or hopelessness, although more patients in the experimental groups attended at least one outpatient appointment.

General hospital admission

In a single trial, there was no beneficial effect of general hospital admission on repetition of SH or on hopelessness compared with discharge from hospital (Waterhouse 1990). However, as this trial was limited to low‐risk participants, only around 15% of the presenting patients were included.

Intensive outpatient intervention

Two trials compared a combination of intensive therapies, including psychotherapy, behaviour therapy and family therapy, versus standard outpatient care (Allard 1992; Welu 1977). There was no effect of this treatment package on repetition of SH.

Long‐term psychotherapy

In a single trial that compared long‐term therapy (the nature of which was unspecified) versus short‐term intensive therapy, there was no difference in repetition of SH (Torhorst 1988). Estimates of scores from graphs also suggests little difference in depression scores.

Overall completeness and applicability of evidence

Completeness of evidence

There have now been a considerable number of trials of psychosocial interventions for adult SH patients (we identified 55 independent trials). There have been multiple trials of CBT‐based psychotherapy, dialectical behaviour therapy, case management, and postcards. Investigators have also evaluated a wide range of other types of interventions, including attempts to increase adherence with treatment and specific aftercare interventions; however, many of these evaluations have been limited to single trials.

It is important to note that we identified no trials of psychosocial interventions for older (> 60/65 years) adults.

Most trials evaluated a range of relevant primary and secondary outcomes (e.g., repetition of SH, hopelessness, depression). However, they infrequently reported information on suicide, and we had to request it from many authors. In 11 trials, information on repetition of SH was based only on hospital re‐presentations, whereas in a large number of trials this information came from self‐reported data, which in some cases was supplemented by information from clinical and other sources. More episodes of SH will be identified through self‐report compared with information from clinical records, as much SH occurs in the community and does not result in presentation to clinical services (Borges 2011). However, these differences in the recording of SH would not have affected the overall results, as whatever approach was used in the individual trials would have affected the experimental and control arms equally. Also, some trials only assessed repetition during the period in which participants received therapy (e.g., Bateman 2009), whereas for most trials there were further post‐treatment follow‐up assessments.

Acceptability of evidence

The proportions of participants from the two sexes in these trials appears to be in accord with SH patients more generally (Hawton 2007). A number of trials focused on those with a history of multiple episodes of SH, including patients diagnosed with borderline personality disorder; this focus is welcome given that a history of multiple episodes of SH is associated with a particularly high risk of subsequent suicide (Zahl 2004). A number of trials did not record information on suicidal intent of participants (e.g., Carter 2005; Crawford 2010; Dubois 1999; Evans 1999a; Evans 1999b; Gibbons 1978; Gratz 2006; Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Linehan 1991; McLeavey 1994; Morgan 1993; Priebe 2012; Weinberg 2006), which is surprising given the association of SH with future risk of suicide (Carroll 2014; Owens 2002).

Compared to previous versions of this review (Hawton 1998; Hawton 1999; NICE 2011), there is now a greater representation of trials from low‐ to middle‐income countries, including China (Wei 2013; Xu 2012), India (Vijayakumar 2011), Iran (Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011; Hassanzadeh 2010), Pakistan (Husain 2014), and Sri Lanka (Marasinghe 2012).

It is worth noting that this review focused exclusively on patients who had previously engaged in SH. As a result, we excluded patients with conditions such as borderline personality disorder who had not engaged in SH and mixed trials of patients with either SH or suicidal ideation in the absence of actual SH.

Quality of the evidence

Apart from trials of CBT‐based psychotherapy (18 trials), group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy (two trials), dialectical behaviour therapy (three trials in which DBT was compared with TAU), case management (four trials) and postcards (four trials), all the included trials compared specific interventions, thus limiting the robustness of possible conclusions about their effectiveness compared with routine care (TAU). Also, many trials were too small to detect significant differences in proportions of patients experiencing the primary outcome, namely repetition of SH. Additionally, quality of evidence, as assessed using the GRADE approach, was generally low to moderate, suggesting that further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of treatment effectiveness and may, in some cases, change the estimates.

Limitations in design and implementation

All 55 included trials were rated as at high risk of bias in relation to at least one aspect of trial design, especially with respect to blinding of both participants and clinical personnel. In part this may reflect the fact that the focus of the present review was on the effectiveness of psychological interventions, and we believe it is generally not possible to blind participants or clinical personnel to psychological therapy. Nevertheless, we cannot rule out performance or detection bias.

Indirectness of evidence

Repetition of SH was measured using either self‐reported information, medical records, or re‐presentation to hospital in all 55 trials included in this review. It is possible that self‐reported information might over‐ or underestimate the real recurrence of SH. On the other hand, use of medical records, hospital presentations, or both may underestimate the real recurrence of SH, as many episodes of SH occur in the community and do not result in presentation to clinical services (Borges 2011). However, these differences in the recording of SH would not have affected the overall results, as whatever approach was used in the individual trials would have affected the experimental and control arms equally.

Trials assessed secondary outcomes using widely validated psychometric measures (e.g., BDI, BHS), which authors did not typically modify in scoring.

Unexplained heterogeneity or inconsistency of results

One meta‐analysis included in the review, effectiveness of CBT‐based psychotherapy on depression scores at 12 months, was associated with substantial levels of heterogeneity (I2= 76%). Excluding Hatcher 2011, which used Zelen's method of randomisation, did not materially affect heterogeneity.

We also conducted sensitivity analyses where visual inspection of the forest plot indicated that one or more trials may have been outliers. For this reason, we excluded the postcard trial by Kapur 2013a from meta‐analyses for repetition of SH both at post‐intervention and at 12‐month follow‐up. In both cases, exclusion of this trial caused the overall estimate of treatment effectiveness for postcard‐based interventions to obtain significance. This could be due to the fact that Kapur 2013a was a small pilot investigation.

We also undertook sensitivity analyses where one or more trials included adolescent participants. Excluding trials for this reason, however, did not appear to systematically explain heterogeneity.

Imprecision of results

Results of the individual trials included in this review were associated with a high level of imprecision as indicated by the wide confidence intervals around the effect size estimates for many of the outcomes reported in this review.

Probability of publication bias

We could only formally evaluate the presence of publication bias for CBT‐based psychotherapy with respect to repetition of SH at six months (Figure 4), 12 months (Figure 5), and final follow‐up (Figure 6), and for depression scores at final follow‐up (Figure 7). In all four cases, some funnel plot asymmetry was evident and particularly seemed to affect the right side of the plot. It is therefore possible that there are unpublished trials in which experimental treatment was ineffective. However, it should also be noted that funnel plot asymmetry could also be due to high levels of heterogeneity.


Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at six months

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at six months


Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at 12 months

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at 12 months


Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at final follow‐up


Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs Treatment as usual for depression scores at final follow‐up.

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs Treatment as usual for depression scores at final follow‐up.

For one trial of provision of information and support, investigators have not published data from two of the seven study sites (Fleischmann 2008; Bertolote 2010). Therefore we cannot rule out publication bias for this intervention. We are also aware of one further unpublished trial of CBT‐based psychotherapy for which we were unable to obtain the results from the authors. All other trials included in this review have been published in full in peer‐reviewed journals. We therefore believe that publication bias is unlikely to have been a major cause of heterogeneity. Instead, we believe either poor methodological design or true heterogeneity between trials may be responsible for this result (Sterne 2011).

Potential biases in the review process

We have no reason to believe we have not identified all relevant published trials of psychosocial interventions for SH in adults. Nevertheless, by using the random‐effects model in all analyses our results possess greater generalisability than if we had used the fixed‐effect model (Erez 1996). However, because our review criteria included trials in people who had all engaged in SH and presented to clinical services in the preceding six months, we excluded trials where only some of the participants had engaged in SH and also trials where SH was an outcome measured in general psychosocial interventions for patients with psychiatric disorders. Data on repetition of SH were available for all but one of the included trials (Patsiokas 1985). Information on suicides was available for 43 (78.2%) of the trials included in this review, although for most trials this information had to be obtained via correspondence with authors.

Owing to uncertainties about the impact of using Zelen's design, for trials using this approach we analysed data for the primary outcome of repetition of SH using data for both the randomised sample (including both those patients who, following treatment allocation, subsequently consented to participation and those who did not) and the consenting sample only (see Unit of analysis issues section). This typically had little impact on the pattern of results observed.

Due to the large number and varied nature of the interventions included in the earlier versions of this review (Hawton 1998; Hawton 1999) we decided, with agreement of the editors, to divide the review into three (the others reviews being of pharmacological interventions in adults (Hawton 2015b) and both pharmacological and psychosocial interventions for children and adolescents (Hawton 2015a)). Because of the fact that we approached this review with a view to identifying the types of psychosocial interventions that had been evaluated to date in this clinical population, we used a consensus approach to grouping the interventions. This process might have been subject to bias, but in general, there was very good agreement between members of the review group, who have considerable experience in research and clinical practice in relation to SH in adults.

Risk of bias for selective outcome reporting was based on the analyses undertaken by the study authors. As we were unable to include data that had been statistically adjusted for missingness in the present review, we believe it would be unfair to rate trials that made use of statistical adjustments to account for missing data at follow‐up as having high risk of bias for this outcome simply because of our choice of outcome.

Agreements and disagreements with other studies or reviews

There have been several reviews of the efficacy of psychosocial interventions for adult SH patients. None of those that used systematic review methodology to identify all relevant treatment interventions also present meta‐analyses of treatment efficacy (Comtois 2006; Crawford 2007a; Daigle 2011; Hepp 2004; Van der Sande 1997b), aside from Inagaki 2015 and NICE 2011; however, this latter review was conducted using data supplied by our review team during a previous update of the present review. Of two further meta‐analyses, one specifically focused on cognitive behavioural interventions (Tarrier 2008b) and one examined remote contact‐based interventions (Milner 2015).

Inagaki 2015 combined trials of case management, treatment adherence enhancement, and remote contact interventions into one category which the authors termed "active contact and follow‐up" interventions. They concluded that these interventions show promise in reducing repetition at 12 months' follow‐up but not at 24 months' follow‐up. Combining trials of such different treatment approaches, however, is potentially misleading given their very different mechanisms of action. Crawford 2007a also combined different treatment approaches (e.g., CBT‐based psychotherapy, DBT, and adherence enhancement), as well as interventions specifically developed for children and adolescents (e.g., Spirito 2002Wood 2001). The authors concluded there was no evidence of a preventive effect of psychosocial interventions for the prevention of suicide. However, they only assessed efficacy with respect to completed suicide, which few trials are adequately powered to evaluate. Repetition of SH, on the other hand, is a much more common outcome for which a greater number of trials are powered to evaluate.

There is general agreement amongst these reviews concerning the efficacy of CBT‐based psychotherapy. Comtois 2006, for example, concluded there were positive effects for psychotherapy and outreach interventions. However, conclusions concerning the latter type of intervention in this review were particularly influenced by the findings of a single trial in which regular letters were mailed to suicidal patients discharged from psychiatric inpatient care (Motto 2001). As not all participants included in this trial had engaged in SH behaviour, this trial did not meet inclusion criteria for the present review. Tarrier 2008b, moreover, concluded there was evidence for the effectiveness of CBT‐based psychotherapy but only when compared against TAU rather than another form of active psychosocial therapy. Benefits of psychological therapy have recently been reported by findings of a national, non‐randomised naturalistic study in Denmark (Erlangsen 2015).

A recent meta‐analysis of contact‐based interventions found no significant reduction in terms of repetition of SH (both proportion and number of episodes per person) for these interventions (Milner 2015). Surprisingly, however, the review pooled together several different types of contact‐based intervention, including letters, emergency cards, and postcards. Additionally, despite the stated focus of the review being on interventions following SH, it also included trials in which not all participants had engaged in SH prior to inclusion (e.g., Motto 2001; Robinson 2012). Also, for one of the trials included in this review, our correspondence with the original trial authors revealed that data on non‐fatal repetition of SH could not be disaggregated from information on completed suicide (e.g., Chen 2013).

Other reviews have focused specifically on interventions for patients with personality disorder, particularly borderline personality disorder (McMain 2007b; Kliem 2010). They, along with the review by Comtois 2006, concluded that dialectical behaviour therapy was effective for the prevention of SH, although these reviews included some trials in which not all participants had engaged in SH prior to trial entry. Further reviews by Luxton 2013 and Kapur 2010 of postcard, telephone, emergency card, and face‐to‐face interventions concluded they may be effective in preventing suicidal behaviour, although again, these reviews included some trials in which not all participants had engaged in SH at trial entry. The inclusion of these participants means that the focus of the intervention in such trials, and hence the specificity of the findings for SH patients and planning of clinical services for these patients, will be unclear.

Search flow diagram of included and excluded studies for the 2014 update.

Figures and Tables -
Figure 1

Search flow diagram of included and excluded studies for the 2014 update.

Methodological quality graph: review authors' judgements about each methodological quality item presented as percentages across all included studies.

Figures and Tables -
Figure 2

Methodological quality graph: review authors' judgements about each methodological quality item presented as percentages across all included studies.

Risk of bias summary: review authors' judgements about each risk of bias item for each included study.

Figures and Tables -
Figure 3

Risk of bias summary: review authors' judgements about each risk of bias item for each included study.

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at six months

Figures and Tables -
Figure 4

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at six months

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Figure 5

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at 12 months

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Figure 6

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs Treatment as usual for depression scores at final follow‐up.

Figures and Tables -
Figure 7

Funnel plot of comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs Treatment as usual for depression scores at final follow‐up.

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.1

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at 6 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 2: Repetition of SH at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.2

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 2: Repetition of SH at 12 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 3: Repetition of SH at 24 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.3

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 3: Repetition of SH at 24 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 4: Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.4

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 4: Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 5: Frequency of SH at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.5

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 5: Frequency of SH at final follow‐up

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 6: Depression scores at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.6

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 6: Depression scores at 6 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 7: Depression scores at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.7

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 7: Depression scores at 12 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 8: Depression scores at 24 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.8

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 8: Depression scores at 24 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 9: Depression scores at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.9

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 9: Depression scores at final follow‐up

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 10: Hopelessness scores at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.10

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 10: Hopelessness scores at post‐intervention

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 11: Hopelessness scores at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.11

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 11: Hopelessness scores at 6 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 12: Hopelessness scores at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.12

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 12: Hopelessness scores at 12 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 13: Hopelessness scores at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.13

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 13: Hopelessness scores at final follow‐up

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 14: Suicidal ideation scores at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.14

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 14: Suicidal ideation scores at post‐intervention

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 15: Suicidal ideation scores at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.15

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 15: Suicidal ideation scores at 6 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 16: Suicidal ideation scores at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.16

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 16: Suicidal ideation scores at final follow‐up

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 17: Proportion with improved problems at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.17

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 17: Proportion with improved problems at 6 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 18: Proportion with improved problems at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.18

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 18: Proportion with improved problems at final follow‐up

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 19: Problem‐solving scores at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.19

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 19: Problem‐solving scores at post‐intervention

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 20: Problem‐solving scores at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.20

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 20: Problem‐solving scores at 6 months

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 21: Problem‐solving scores at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.21

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 21: Problem‐solving scores at final follow‐up

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 22: Suicide at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 1.22

Comparison 1: Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 22: Suicide at final follow‐up

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.1

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 2: Repetition of SH at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.2

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 2: Repetition of SH at 6 months

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 3: Repetition of SH at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.3

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 3: Repetition of SH at 12 months

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 4: Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.4

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 4: Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 5: Frequency of repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.5

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 5: Frequency of repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 6: Frequency of repetition of SH at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.6

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 6: Frequency of repetition of SH at 6 months

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 7: Number completing full course of treatment

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.7

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 7: Number completing full course of treatment

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 8: Depression scores at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.8

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 8: Depression scores at post‐intervention

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 9: Depression scores at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.9

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 9: Depression scores at 6 months

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 10: Depression scores at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.10

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 10: Depression scores at 12 months

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 11: Suicide ideation scores at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.11

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 11: Suicide ideation scores at post‐intervention

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 12: Suicide ideation scores at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.12

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 12: Suicide ideation scores at 12 months

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 13: Suicide at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.13

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 13: Suicide at post‐intervention

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 14: Suicide at 6 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 2.14

Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 14: Suicide at 6 months

Comparison 3: Case management vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 3.1

Comparison 3: Case management vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Comparison 3: Case management vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 2: Suicide at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 3.2

Comparison 3: Case management vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 2: Suicide at post‐intervention

Comparison 4: Treatment adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 4.1

Comparison 4: Treatment adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at 12 months

Comparison 4: Treatment adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 2: Depression scores at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 4.2

Comparison 4: Treatment adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 2: Depression scores at 12 months

Comparison 4: Treatment adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 3: Suicide at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 4.3

Comparison 4: Treatment adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 3: Suicide at 12 months

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 5.1

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 2: Repetition of SH at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 5.2

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 2: Repetition of SH at 12 months

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 3: Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 5.3

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 3: Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 4: Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 5.4

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 4: Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 5: Frequency of SH at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 5.5

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 5: Frequency of SH at 12 months

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 6: Suicide at post‐intervention

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 5.6

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 6: Suicide at post‐intervention

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 7: Suicide at 12 months

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 5.7

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 7: Suicide at 12 months

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 8: Suicide at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 5.8

Comparison 5: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU), Outcome 8: Suicide at final follow‐up

Comparison 6: Other mixed interventions versus treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Figures and Tables -
Analysis 6.1

Comparison 6: Other mixed interventions versus treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy, Outcome 1: Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Summary of findings 1. Comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual

CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual for self‐harm in adults

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: CBT‐based psychotherapy
Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU)

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU

CBT‐based psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.66
(0.36 to 1.21)

313
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,b

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

190 per 1000

134 per 1000
(78 to 221)

Repetition of SH at 6 months

Study population

OR 0.54
(0.34 to 0.85)

1317
(12 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For some trials, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation.

280 per 1000

173 per 1000
(117 to 248)

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.80
(0.65 to 0.98)

2232
(10 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For some trials, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation.

272 per 1000

230 per 1000
(196 to 268)

Repetition of SH at 24 months

Study population

OR 0.31
(0.14 to 0.69)

105
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For 1 trial, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation.

563 per 1000

285 per 1000
(153 to 470)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.70
(0.55 to 0.88)

2665
(17 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,c

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For 1 trial, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to the inconsistency in the magnitude of the effect size estimates across trials.

262 per 1000

199 per 1000
(163 to 238)

Frequency of SH at final follow‐up

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average, 0.21 lower (0.68 lower to 0.26 higher)

597
(6 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,c

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. For 1 trial, additionally, participants were also not blinded to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to the inconsistency in the magnitude of the effect size estimates across trials.

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CBT: cognitive behavioural therapy; CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a We rated risk of bias as SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for some trials, participants were not blinded to treatment allocation. Performance and detection bias therefore may have been present.

b Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide
c We rated inconsistency as SERIOUS due to notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size estimates between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

Figures and Tables -
Summary of findings 1. Comparison 1: CBT‐based psychotherapy vs treatment as usual
Summary of findings 2. Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder
Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU/other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder

Emotion‐regulation group‐based psychotherapy vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.34
(0.13 to 0.88)

83
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for 1 trial, outcome assessors were also not blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as study investigators did not adequately describe details on sequence generation and allocation concealment.

775 per 1000

539 per 1000
(309 to 752)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

83
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Study investigators also did not adequately describe details on sequence generation and allocation concealment. Additionally, for 1 trial, outcome assessors were also not blind to treatment allocation As the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality due to imprecision.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,12.76 lower (34.92 lower to 9.40 higher)

Mentalisation vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.35
(0.17 to 0.73)

134
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderateb

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

492 per 1000

253 per 1000
(141 to 414)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

133
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderateb

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,1.28 lower (2.01 lower to 0.55 lower)

DBT‐oriented therapy vs Alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.05

(0.00 to 0.49)

24
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the sample size is small.

667 per 1000

91 per 1000
(0 to 495)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

24
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the sample size is small.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,4.83 lower (7.90 lower to 1.76 lower)

DBT vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.59

(0.16 to 2.15)

267
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size estimates between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

667 per 1000

541 per 1000
(242 to 811)

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.36

(0.05 to 2.47)

172
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size estimates between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

495 per 1000

260 per 1000
(47 to 707)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.57

(0.21 to 1.59)

247
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size estimates between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

620 per 1000

482 per 1000
(255 to 722)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

292
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to imprecision of the effect size estimate.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,18.82 lower (36.68 lower to 0.95 lower)

DBT vs treatment by expert

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 1.66

(0.53 to 5.20)

97
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝

Very lowa,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, study authors did not adequately describe details on allocation concealment. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

822 per 1000

885 per 1000
(710 to 960)

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 1.18

(0.35 to 3.95)

97
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝

Very lowa,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Study authors did not adequately describe details on allocation concealment. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

867 per 1000

885 per 1000
(695 to 963)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

97
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝

Very lowa,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Study authors did not adequately describe details on allocation concealment. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,14.85 lower (37.64 lower to 7.94 higher)

DBT prolonged exposure vs DBT standard exposure

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.67

(0.08 to 5.68)

18

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as details on participant and clinical personnel blinding were not adequately described. However, given the similarity between the intervention and control treatment in this trial, it is possible that blinding could have been achieved. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

333 per 1000

251 per 1000

(38 to 740)

Repetition of SH at 6 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.67

(0.08 to 5.68)

18

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as details on participant and clinical personnel blinding were not adequately described. However, given the similarity between the intervention and control treatment in this trial, it is possible that blinding could have been achieved. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

333 per 1000

251 per 1000

(38 to 740)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

18

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low b,c

We downgraded quality as details on participant and clinical personnel blinding were not adequately described. However, given the similarity between the intervention and control treatment in this trial, it is possible that blinding could have been achieved. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,0.25 lower (2.47 lower to 1.97 higher)

Frequency of SH at 6 months' follow‐up

Study population

18

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as details on participant and clinical personnel blinding were not adequately described. However, given the similarity between the intervention and control treatment in this trial, it is possible that blinding could have been achieved. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

The mean frequency of episodes of SH in the experimental group was, on average,0.34 higher (0.61 lower to 1.29 higher)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. For 1 trial, outcome assessors were not blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, as details on sequence generation and allocation concealment were not adequately described, selection bias may have been present.
b Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present.
c Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide or there are notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

Figures and Tables -
Summary of findings 2. Comparison 2: Interventions for multiple repetition of SH/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy
Summary of findings 3. Comparison 3: Case management vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Case management vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: case management

Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy.

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU/other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Case management

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.78

(0.47 to 1.30)

1608

(4 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

114 per 1000

91 per 1000

(57 to 143)

Multiple readmissions for SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 5.23

(1.12 to 24.45)

469

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

8 per 1000

41 per 1000

(9 to 166)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation.

Figures and Tables -
Summary of findings 3. Comparison 3: Case management vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy
Summary of findings 4. Comparison 4: Adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients

Intervention: Adherence enhancement approaches
Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU/other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Adherence enhancement approaches

Compliance enhancement vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.57
(0.32 to 1.02)

391
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa

We downgraded quality as an open random numbers table was used to generate the allocation sequence and, as allocation was not concealed, there is possible selection bias. We further downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

174 per 1000

107 per 1000
(63 to 177)

Continuity of care by the same therapist vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy (i.e., care by a different therapist)

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.28

(0.07 to 1.10)

136

(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,c

We downgraded quality as neither participants, clinical personnel, nor outcome assessors were blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as study authors did not specify the method used to allocate participants to the experimental and control groups, nor did they report details on allocation concealment. Finally, we downgraded quality three grades, as there was significant imbalance between the experimental and control group for some putative risk factors for repetition of SH despite randomisation.

136 per 1000

42 per 1000

(11 to 148)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. As an open numbers table was used the generate the allocation sequence, and as allocation was not concealed, selection bias also may have been present.
b Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. Additionally, as no details on the method used to allocate participants to the intervention and control groups or on allocation concealment were reported, selection bias also may have been present.
c There was significant imbalance between the intervention and control groups for a number of putative risk factors for repetition of SH despite randomisation.

Figures and Tables -
Summary of findings 4. Comparison 4: Adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy
Summary of findings 5. Comparison 5: Mixed multimodal interventions vs treatment as usual

Mixed multimodal interventions vs treatment as usual

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: mixed multimodal interventions
Comparison: treatment as usual (TAU)

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU

Mixed multimodal Interventions

Mixed multimodal interventions vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.98
(0.68 to 1.43)

684
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,b

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, use of Zelen's post‐consent design would indicate that participants were also not blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

204 per 1000

201 per 1000
(149 to 269)

Culturally‐adapted mixed multimodal interventions vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.83

(0.44 to 1.55)

167

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝

Lowa,b

We downgraded quality as, due to the nature of the intervention, it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, use of Zelen's post‐consent design would indicate that participants were also not blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

403 per 1000

359 per 1000

(229 to 511)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS, as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, the use of Zelen's post‐consent design indicates that participants would not have been blind to treatment allocation. Performance and detection bias therefore may have been present.

b Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide.

Figures and Tables -
Summary of findings 5. Comparison 5: Mixed multimodal interventions vs treatment as usual
Summary of findings 6. Comparison 6: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual

Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH
Settings: outpatients
Intervention: remote contact interventions
Comparison: treatment as usual

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU

Remote contact interventions

Postcards vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.87
(0.62 to 1.23)

3277
(4 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

132 per 1000

117 per 1000
(86 to 157)

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.76
(0.57 to 1.02)

2885
(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

175 per 1000

139 per 1000
(108 to 178)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.88
(0.62 to 1.25)

3277
(4 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

185 per 1000

167 per 1000
(123 to 221)

Frequency of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

1097

(3 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

The mean frequency of episodes of
SH in the experimental group was, on average, 0.07 lower (0.32 lower to 0.18 higher)

Frequency of SH at 12 months

Study population

984

(2 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

The mean frequency of episodes of
SH in the experimental group was, on average, 0.19 lower (0.58 lower to
0.20 higher)

Frequency of SH at 24 months

Study population

472

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

The mean frequency of episodes of
SH in the experimental group was, on average, 0.03 lower (0.16 lower to
0.10 higher)

Emergency cards vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.82

(0.31 to 2.14)

1039

(2 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,d

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel were bind to treatment allocation. Additionally, quality was further downgraded due to notable differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

171 per 1000

145 per 1000

(60 to 306)

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 1.19

(0.85 to 1.67)

827

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderate a

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel were bind to treatment allocation.

188 per 1000

216 per 1000

(164 to 279)

General practitioner's (GP) letter vsTAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 1.15

(0.93 to 1.44)

1932

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatea

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

195 per 1000

218 per 1000

(184 to 259)

Telephone contact vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 6 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.23

(0.02 to 2.11)

81

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

100 per 1000

25 per 1000

(2 to 190)

Repetition of SH at 12 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 1.00

(0.45 to 2.23)

172

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low a,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

169 per 1000

169 per 1000

(84 to 311)

Repetition of SH at 24 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.76

(0.49 to 1.16)

605

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Lowa,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

189 per 1000

151 per 1000

(103 to 213)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.74

(0.42 to 1.32)

840

(3 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

185 per 1000

143 per 1000

(87 to 230)

Mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

Not estimable

68

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowa,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely that participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the sample size is small.

0 per 1000

0 per 1000

(0 to 0)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for some trials, no details on outcome assessor blinding were reported. Performance and detection bias therefore may have been present.
b Inconsistency was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide or there are significant differences in the magnitude of the effect size between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.
c Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for some trials, no details on outcome assessor blinding were reported. Performance and detection bias therefore cannot be ruled out. Additionally, as a number of participants randomised to the control group mistakenly received the intervention, and yet were included in the control group for all subsequent analyses, other bias may have been present.
d Inconsistency was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide or there are notable differences in the magnitude of the effect size between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

e Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide and/or the sample size is small.

Figures and Tables -
Summary of findings 6. Comparison 6: Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual
Summary of findings 7. Comparison 7: Other mixed interventions vs treatment as usual or other alternative form of psychotherapy

Heterogeneous other interventions vs treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Patient or population: adults who engage in SH

Settings: mixture of in‐ and outpatients

Intervention: other mixed interventions
Comparison: treatment as usual or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Comments

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

TAU or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Heterogenous other interventions

Interpersonal problem‐solving skills training vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.40

(0.06 to 2.57)

33

(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowa,b

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely participants and clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as an open random numbers table was used to generate the allocation sequence and, as allocation was not concealed, there is possible selection bias. We further downgraded quality as the sample size is small.

250 per 1000

118 per 1000

(20 to 461)

Behaviour therapy vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.60

(0.08 to 4.45)

24

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as clinical personnel were not blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, details on sequence generation, allocation concealment, participant blinding, and outcome assessor blinding were not adequately described. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, we further downgraded quality.

250 per 1000

167 per 1000

(26 to 597)

Information and support vs TAU

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the overall cohort

Study population

OR 1.02
(0.71 to 1.47)

1663
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowd

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present.

75 per 1000

76 per 1000
(54 to 106)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Campinas, Brazil site

Study population

OR 2.27
(0.97 to 5.28)

135
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present. We downgraded quality three grades for this site as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

156 per 1000

296 per 1000
(152 to 494)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Colombo, Sri Lanka site

Study population

OR 0.55
(0.13 to 2.34)

251
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,d

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present. We further downgraded quality for this site as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

41 per 1000

23 per 1000
(6 to 92)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Karaj, Iran site

Study population

OR 1.18
(0.69 to 2)

601
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowd

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present.

94 per 1000

109 per 1000
(67 to 172)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Yuncheng, China site

Study population

OR 2.01
(0.08 to 50.6)

96
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,d

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present. We further downgraded quality for this site as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

0 per 1000

0 per 1000
(0 to 0)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up for the Chennai, India site

Study population

OR 0.39
(0.17 to 0.92)

561
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowd

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present.

65 per 1000

27 per 1000
(12 to 60)

Frequency of SH at final follow‐up for the Karaj, Iran site

The frequency of episodes of SH for the Karaj, Iran site in the experimental group was, on average, 0.46 higher (0.32 higher to 0.32 higher)

629
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowd

We downgraded quality as the nature of the intervention means it is unlikely that clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as attrition bias may have been present.

Treatment for alcohol misuse vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 6 months

Study population

OR 0.57

(0.20 to 1.60)

103

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

216 per 1000

136 per 1000

(52 to 306)

Home‐based problem‐solving therapy vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 0.68

(0.20 to 2.32)

96

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

146 per 1000

104 per 1000

(33 to 284)

Intensive inpatient and community treatment vs TAU

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 1.18

(0.62 to 2.25)

274

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low b,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

149 per 1000

172 per 1000

(98 to 283)

Frequency of SH at 12 months

Study population

274

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝
Moderatec

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation.

The mean frequency of
SH at 12 months in the
control group was 0.23
episodes

The mean frequency of SH at 12 months in the experimental group was 0 higher (0.17 lower to 0.17 higher

General hospital admission vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 1.03

(0.14 to 7.69)

77

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, quality was further downgraded.

51 per 1000

53 per 1000

(8 to 294)

Repetition of SH at 6 months' follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.75

(0.16 to 3.60)

77

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Lowb,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, quality was further downgraded.

103 per 1000

79 per 1000

(18 to 291)

Intensive outpatient intervention vs TAU

Repetition of SH at post‐intervention

Study population

OR 0.27

(0.07 to 1.06)

119

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊕⊝

Low b,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, quality was further downgraded.

158 per 1000

48 per 1000

(13 to 166)

Repetition of SH at 24 months

Study population

OR 1.24

(0.59 to 2.62)

126

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low b,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation. Lastly, as the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide, quality was further downgraded.

302 per 1000

349 per 1000

(203 to 531)

Repetition of SH at final follow‐up

Study population

OR 0.65

(0.15 to 2.85)

245

(2 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
Very lowb,e

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel could have been blind to treatment allocation. Additionally, for 1 trial, participants also were not blind to treatment allocation. We further downgraded quality due to significant differences in the direction of the effect size estimate between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

233 per 1000

165 per 1000

(44 to 464)

Long term vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Repetition of SH at 12 months

Study population

OR 1.00

(0.35 to 2.86)

80

(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
Low b,c

We downgraded quality as the nature of this intervention means it is unlikely clinical personnel would have been blind to treatment allocation, additionally, the method used to allocate participants to the treatment and interventions groups was not specified and as no details on allocation concealment was reported. We further downgraded quality as the sample size was small and the confidence interval for the treatment effect size is wide.

225 per 1000

225 per 1000

(92 to 454)

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g., the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI)
CI: confidence interval; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial: SH: self‐harm; TAU: treatment as usual.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect.
Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate.
Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate.
Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate.

a Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. As an open numbers table was used the generate the allocation sequence, and as allocation was not concealed, selection bias also may have been present.

b Imprecision was rated as SERIOUS as the confidence interval is wide and/or the sample size is small.
c Risk of bias was rated as SERIOUS as clinical personnel were not blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. Additionally, although details on participant blinding and outcome assessor blinding were not adequately described, the nature of the intervention means that participants could not have remained blind to treatment allocation. Finally, authors of some studies did not adequately describe details on sequence generation and allocation concealment. Selection bias therefore may also have been present.
d Risk of bias was rated as VERY SERIOUS as the nature of the intervention means that participants and clinical personnel could not have remained blind to treatment allocation, suggesting that performance and detection bias may have been present. Additionally, attrition bias may have been present.
e Inconsistency was rated as VERY SERIOUS due to significant differences in the magnitude of the effect size between trials on visual inspection of the forest plot.

Figures and Tables -
Summary of findings 7. Comparison 7: Other mixed interventions vs treatment as usual or other alternative form of psychotherapy
Table 1. Proportion of the sample with a history of self‐harm prior to the index attempt

Reference

History of SH prior

to index episode

(%)

Fleischmann 2008

21.1

Hawton 1981

32.3

Hawton 1987a

31.2

Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011

34.2

Hvid 2011

38.3

Vaiva 2006

8.9a

Van Heeringen 1995

29.8

Waterhouse 1990

36.4

aProportion with more than four previous episodes of SH over the three‐year period preceding trial entry.

Figures and Tables -
Table 1. Proportion of the sample with a history of self‐harm prior to the index attempt
Table 2. Methods used for the index episode of self‐harm in included studies

Reference

Methoda

Self poisoning (any)

n (%)

Self poisoning (pesticides)

n (%)

Self injury (any)

n (%)

Combined self‐poisoning and self‐injury

n (%)

Unspecified

n (%)

Beautrais 2010b

250 (76.7)

64 (19.6)

15 (4.6)

Bennewith 2002

7,733 (89.7)

158 (8.2)

41 (2.1)

Brown 2005

70 (58.3)

33 (27.5)

17 (14.2)

Carter 2005

772 (100)

Clarke 2002b

442 (94.6)

25 (5.3)

8 (1.7)

Crawford 2010c

74 (71.8)

25 (24.3)

Evans 1999a

808 (97.7)

19 (2.3)

Gibbons 1978

400 (100)

Guthrie 2001

119 (100)

Harned 2014

26 (100)

Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011

2300 (100)

Hatcher 2011

471 (85.3)

81 (14.7)

Hatcher 2015

532 (77.8)

125 (18.3)

27 (3.9)

Hatcher 2016a

115 (68.9)

41 (24.5)

11 (6.6)

Hawton 1981

96 (100)

Hawton 1987a

80 (100)

Husain 2014b

65 (29.4)

167 (75.6)

4 (1.8)

Kawanishi 2014b

707 (77.3)

332 (36.3)

42 (4.6)

McAuliffe 2014d

161 (37.2)

57 (13.2)

4 (0.9)

Morgan 1993

207 (97.6)

5 (2.4)

McLeavey 1994

39 (100)

Torhorst 1987

141 (100)

Torhorst 1988

80 (100)

Vaiva 2006

605 (100)

Van der Sande 1997a

232 (84.7)

42 (15.3)

Van Heeringen 1995

463 (89.7)

53 (10.3)

Waterhouse 1990

77 (100)

Welu 1977

120 (100)

aRefers to the methods used for the index episode.
b Percentages are greater than 100% because participants may have used multiple methods.
c The remaining four (3.9%) participants used multiple, unspecified methods.
d Methods of self‐harm for the remaining 211 (48.7%) participants were not provided.

Figures and Tables -
Table 2. Methods used for the index episode of self‐harm in included studies
Table 3. Major categories of psychiatric diagnoses in included studies

Reference

Psychiatric diagnosisa

Major depression

n (%)

Any other mood disorder

n (%)

Any anxiety disorder

n (%)

Any psychotic disorder

n (%)

Post‐traumatic stress

n (%)

Any eating disorder

n (%)

Alcohol use disorder/dependence

n (%)

Drug use disorder/dependence

n (%)

Substance use disorder/dependence

n (%)

Adjustment disorder

n (%)

Borderline personality disorder

n (%)

Any other personality disorder n (%)

Allard 1992

130(86.7)

79 (52.7)

68 (45.3)

Bateman 2009

75 (56.0)

103 (76.9)

82 (61.2)

19 (14.2)

37 (27.6)

72 (53.7)

134 (100)

b

Beautrais 2010

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Bennewith 2002

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Brown 2005

92 (77.0)

36 (30.0)

48 (40.0)

82 (68.0)

Carter 2005

No information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis reportedc

Cedereke 2002d

91 (42.1)

62 (28.7)

Clarke 2002

98 (56.0)e

60 (34.0)e

12 (3.0)

26 (41.0)f

Crawford 2010

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Davidson 2014

17 (85.0)

20 (100)

Dubois 1999

43 (42.1)

13 (12.7)

Evans 1999a

707/827 (85.5) diagnosed with any major psychiatric disorder

Evans 1999b

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Fleischmann 2008

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Gibbons 1978

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Gratz 2006

22 (100)

Gratz 2014

31 (50.0)

38 (61.3)

22 (35.5)

8 (12.9)

1 (1.6)

62 (100)

b

Guthrie 2001

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Harned 2014

22 (83.3)

23 (87.5)

3 (12.5)

11 (41.7)

26 (100)

16 (62.5)

Hassanian‐Moghaddam 2011

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hatcher 2011

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hatcher 2015

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hatcher 2016a

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hawton 1981

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hawton 1987a

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Husain 2014

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Hvid 2011

No information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis reported

Kapur 2013a

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Kawanishi 2014g

425(46.5)

179(19.6)

45 (4.9)

191 (20.9)

Liberman 1981

24 (100)

h

Linehan 1991

44 (100)

Linehan 2006

73 (72.3)

79 (78.2)

50 (49.5)

24 (23.8)

30 (29.7)

101(100)

b

Marasinghe 2012

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

McAuliffe 2014

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

McLeavey 1994

9 (23.1)

1 (2.5)

5 (12.8)

6 (15.4)

McMain 2009

88 (48.9)

135 (75.0)

71 (37.4)

24 (13.3)

17 (9.4)

180(100)

b

Morgan 1993

53 (25.0)

Morthorst 2012

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reportedi

Patsiokas 1985

No information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis reported

Priebe 2012j

80 (100)

Salkovskis 1990

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Slee 2008

80 (88.9)

50 (55.6)

15 (16.7)

15 (16.7)

Stewart 2009

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Tapolaa 2010

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Torhorst 1987

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Torhorst 1988

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Turner 2000

24 (100)

Tyrer 2003

471(98.1)

Vaiva 2006

No information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis reportedk

Van der Sande 1997a

86 (31.4)

40 (14.6)

Van Heeringen 1995

76 (14.7)

14 (2.7)

Waterhouse 1990

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

Wei 2013

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reportedl

Weinberg 2006

30 (100)

Welu 1977

No information on psychiatric diagnosis reported

a All diagnoses represent current rather than lifetime diagnoses.
b As participants could be diagnosed with more than one axis II diagnosis, the absolute number of participants diagnosed with any other personality disorder in this trial is unclear.
c Median number (interquartile range) of psychiatric diagnoses in the both the intervention and control groups was 2 (1‐3). Information on specific categories of psychiatric diagnosis; however, were not reported.
d A total of 47/216 (21.7%) of the sample were diagnosed with any psychiatric disorder other than a mood or adjustment disorder.
e Diagnosed with a possible psychiatric disorder according to cut‐off scores on the Hamilton Anxiety and Depression Scale (HADS). Out of a total of 176 participants with complete ratings on this instrument.
f Diagnosed with problematic alcohol use according to cut‐off scores on the Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test (AUDIT). Out of a total of 63 participants with complete ratings on this instrument.
g An additional 73/914 (8.0%) were diagnosed with any other major psychiatric disorder.
h The authors state that "[m]ost patients would have been given personality disorder designations. . . including histrionic, narcissistic, borderline, avoidant, and dependent types" (p.1127). The absolute number of participants diagnosed with any one of these personality disorders in this trial is, however, unclear.
i A total of 14/243 (5.8%) participants had been admitted to a psychiatric inpatient ward in the four weeks prior to the index suicide attempt. These patients were therefore likely to have been diagnosed with a current major psychiatric illness.
j Mean (standard deviation (SD)) number of axis I psychiatric disorders was 8.0 (3.1) (n = 63) and mean (SD) number of axis II diagnoses was 3.5 (1.6) (n = 80).
k A total of 100/459 (21.8%) of participants had, however, been referred for psychiatric treatment at the time of the index suicide attempt. These patients were therefore likely to have been diagnosed with a current major psychiatric illness.
l A total of 166/239 (69.4%) were, however, diagnosed with a major psychiatric illness according to DSM‐IV‐TR criteria.

Figures and Tables -
Table 3. Major categories of psychiatric diagnoses in included studies
Comparison 1. Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU)

Outcome or subgroup title

No. of studies

No. of participants

Statistical method

Effect size

1.1 Repetition of SH at 6 months Show forest plot

12

1317

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.54 [0.34, 0.85]

1.1.1 Individual psychotherapy

11

1083

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.52 [0.36, 0.75]

1.1.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

234

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.35 [0.75, 2.41]

1.2 Repetition of SH at 12 months Show forest plot

10

2232

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.80 [0.65, 0.98]

1.2.1 Individual psychotherapy

9

1799

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.74 [0.59, 0.94]

1.2.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

433

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.04 [0.67, 1.61]

1.3 Repetition of SH at 24 months Show forest plot

2

105

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.31 [0.14, 0.69]

1.3.1 Indivdual psychotherapy

2

105

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.31 [0.14, 0.69]

1.4 Repetition of SH at final follow‐up Show forest plot

17

2665

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.70 [0.55, 0.88]

1.4.1 Individual psychotherapy

16

2232

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.66 [0.53, 0.84]

1.4.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

433

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.04 [0.67, 1.61]

1.5 Frequency of SH at final follow‐up Show forest plot

6

594

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.21 [‐0.68, 0.26]

1.5.1 Individual psychotherapy

5

161

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.66 [‐1.71, 0.40]

1.5.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

433

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.06 [‐0.32, 0.20]

1.6 Depression scores at 6 months Show forest plot

11

1668

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.30 [‐0.50, ‐0.10]

1.6.1 Individual psychotherapy

10

1434

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.33 [‐0.56, ‐0.11]

1.6.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

234

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.13 [‐0.39, 0.13]

1.7 Depression scores at 12 months Show forest plot

7

1130

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.36 [‐0.64, ‐0.07]

1.7.1 Individual psychotherapy

7

1130

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.36 [‐0.64, ‐0.07]

1.8 Depression scores at 24 months Show forest plot

2

225

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.22 [‐0.48, 0.05]

1.8.1 Individual psychotherapy

2

225

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.22 [‐0.48, 0.05]

1.9 Depression scores at final follow‐up Show forest plot

14

1859

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.31 [‐0.48, ‐0.14]

1.9.1 Individual psychotherapy

13

1625

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.35 [‐0.54, ‐0.16]

1.9.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

234

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.13 [‐0.39, 0.13]

1.10 Hopelessness scores at post‐intervention Show forest plot

3

360

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐1.50 [‐3.62, 0.61]

1.10.1 Individual psychotherapy

2

47

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐4.23 [‐8.71, 0.25]

1.10.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

313

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.80 [‐2.17, 0.57]

1.11 Hopelessness scores at 6 months Show forest plot

4

968

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.36 [‐0.58, ‐0.13]

1.11.1 Individual psychotherapy

3

734

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.48 [‐0.63, ‐0.33]

1.11.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

234

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.05 [‐0.31, 0.21]

1.12 Hopelessness scores at 12 months Show forest plot

3

539

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐1.89 [‐2.97, ‐0.81]

1.12.1 Individual psychotherapy

3

539

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐1.89 [‐2.97, ‐0.81]

1.13 Hopelessness scores at final follow‐up Show forest plot

7

1017

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.31 [‐0.51, ‐0.10]

1.13.1 Individual psychotherapy

6

783

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.38 [‐0.60, ‐0.16]

1.13.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

234

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.05 [‐0.31, 0.21]

1.14 Suicidal ideation scores at post‐intervention Show forest plot

3

360

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐2.52 [‐5.60, 0.56]

1.14.1 Individual psychotherapy

2

47

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐5.92 [‐11.98, 0.14]

1.14.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

313

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐1.50 [‐3.50, 0.50]

1.15 Suicidal ideation scores at 6 months Show forest plot

6

1011

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.32 [‐0.51, ‐0.13]

1.15.1 Individual psychotherapy

5

777

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.41 [‐0.55, ‐0.27]

1.15.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

234

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.02 [‐0.28, 0.24]

1.16 Suicidal ideation scores at final follow‐up Show forest plot

8

1131

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.28 [‐0.47, ‐0.09]

1.16.1 Individual psychotherapy

7

818

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.35 [‐0.55, ‐0.15]

1.16.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

313

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.02 [‐0.24, 0.20]

1.17 Proportion with improved problems at 6 months Show forest plot

2

231

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

2.81 [1.50, 5.24]

1.17.1 Individual psychotherapy

2

231

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

2.81 [1.50, 5.24]

1.18 Proportion with improved problems at final follow‐up Show forest plot

2

211

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

3.03 [0.74, 12.41]

1.18.1 Individual psychotherapy

2

211

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

3.03 [0.74, 12.41]

1.19 Problem‐solving scores at post‐intervention Show forest plot

2

328

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.15 [‐0.07, 0.36]

1.19.1 Individual psychotherapy

1

15

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.29 [‐0.79, 1.37]

1.19.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

313

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.14 [‐0.08, 0.36]

1.20 Problem‐solving scores at 6 months Show forest plot

4

949

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.33 [0.08, 0.58]

1.20.1 Individual psychotherapy

3

715

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.45 [0.30, 0.60]

1.20.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

234

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.02 [‐0.24, 0.28]

1.21 Problem‐solving scores at final follow‐up Show forest plot

5

958

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.26 [0.02, 0.50]

1.21.1 Individual psychotherapy

4

724

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.35 [0.04, 0.66]

1.21.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

234

Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.02 [‐0.24, 0.28]

1.22 Suicide at final follow‐up Show forest plot

15

2354

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.66 [0.29, 1.51]

1.22.1 Individual psychotherapy

14

1921

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.69 [0.29, 1.67]

1.22.2 Group‐based psychotherapy

1

433

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.47 [0.04, 5.25]

Figures and Tables -
Comparison 1. Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)‐based psychotherapy vs. treatment as usual (TAU)
Comparison 2. Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcome or subgroup title

No. of studies

No. of participants

Statistical method

Effect size

2.1 Repetition of SH at post‐intervention Show forest plot

9

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.1.1 Group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy vs TAU

2

83

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.34 [0.13, 0.88]

2.1.2 Mentalisation vs TAU

1

134

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.35 [0.17, 0.73]

2.1.3 DBT‐oriented therapy vs Alternative forms of psychotherapy

1

24

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.05 [0.00, 0.49]

2.1.4 DBT vs TAU

3

267

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.59 [0.16, 2.15]

2.1.5 DBT vs treatment by expert

1

97

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.66 [0.53, 5.20]

2.1.6 DBT prolonged exposure vs DBT standard exposure

1

18

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.67 [0.08, 5.68]

2.2 Repetition of SH at 6 months Show forest plot

1

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.2.1 DBT prolonged exposure vs DBT standard exposure

1

18

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.67 [0.08, 5.68]

2.3 Repetition of SH at 12 months Show forest plot

3

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.3.1 DBT vs. TAU

2

172

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.36 [0.05, 2.47]

2.3.2 DBT vs treatment by expert

1

97

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.18 [0.35, 3.95]

2.4 Repetition of SH at final follow‐up Show forest plot

3

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.4.1 DBT vs TAU

3

247

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.57 [0.21, 1.59]

2.5 Frequency of repetition of SH at post‐intervention Show forest plot

9

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.5.1 Group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy vs TAU

2

83

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐12.76 [‐34.92, 9.40]

2.5.2 Mentalisaiton vs TAU

1

134

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐1.28 [‐2.01, ‐0.55]

2.5.3 DBT‐oriented therapy vs Alternative forms of psychotherapy

1

24

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐4.83 [‐7.90, ‐1.76]

2.5.4 DBT vs TAU

3

292

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐18.82 [‐36.68, ‐0.95]

2.5.5 DBT vs treatment by expert

1

97

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐14.85 [‐37.64, 7.94]

2.5.6 DBT prolonged exposure vs DBT standard exposure

1

18

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.25 [‐2.47, 1.97]

2.6 Frequency of repetition of SH at 6 months Show forest plot

1

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.6.1 DBT prolonged exposure vs DBT standard exposure

1

18

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.34 [‐0.61, 1.29]

2.7 Number completing full course of treatment Show forest plot

3

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.7.1 Mentalisation vs TAU

1

134

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.93 [0.43, 2.02]

2.7.2 DBT‐oriented therapy vs TAU

1

24

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

3.00 [0.53, 16.90]

2.7.3 DBT prolonged exposure vs DBT standard exposure

1

26

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.14 [0.22, 5.84]

2.8 Depression scores at post‐intervention Show forest plot

8

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.8.1 Group‐based emotion‐regulation psychotherapy vs TAU

2

83

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐9.59 [‐13.43, ‐5.75]

2.8.2 Mentalisaiton vs TAU

1

134

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐3.88 [‐6.82, ‐0.94]

2.8.3 DBT‐oriented therapy vs Alternative forms of psychotherapy

1

24

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐9.16 [‐14.79, ‐3.53]

2.8.4 DBT vs TAU

2

198

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐2.37 [‐6.52, 1.78]

2.8.5 DBT vs treatment by expert

1

89

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐3.00 [‐6.27, 0.27]

2.8.6 DBT prolonged exposure vs DBT standard exposure

1

18

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐3.70 [‐10.59, 3.19]

2.9 Depression scores at 6 months Show forest plot

1

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.9.1 DBT prolonged exposure vs. DBT standard exposure

1

18

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐4.30 [‐9.68, 1.08]

2.10 Depression scores at 12 months Show forest plot

1

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.10.1 DBT vs treatment by expert

1

81

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐1.80 [‐5.40, 1.80]

2.11 Suicide ideation scores at post‐intervention Show forest plot

2

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.11.1 DBT‐oriented therapy vs Alternative forms of psychotherapy

1

24

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐7.75 [‐14.66, ‐0.84]

2.11.2 DBT vs treatment by expert

1

89

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐3.00 [‐13.69, 7.69]

2.12 Suicide ideation scores at 12 months Show forest plot

1

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.12.1 DBT vs treatment by expert

1

81

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐7.82 [‐18.38, 2.74]

2.13 Suicide at post‐intervention Show forest plot

3

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.13.1 DBT vs TAU

3

317

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

3.00 [0.12, 76.49]

2.14 Suicide at 6 months Show forest plot

1

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

2.14.1 DBT prolonged exposure vs DBT standard exposure

1

26

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.16 [0.01, 4.41]

Figures and Tables -
Comparison 2. Interventions for multiple repetition of self‐harm (SH)/probable personality disorder vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy
Comparison 3. Case management vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcome or subgroup title

No. of studies

No. of participants

Statistical method

Effect size

3.1 Repetition of SH at post‐intervention Show forest plot

4

1608

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.78 [0.47, 1.30]

3.1.1 Case management plus assertive outreach vs TAU

3

843

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.82 [0.38, 1.78]

3.1.2 Case management plus assertive outreach vs enhanced usual care

1

765

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.67 [0.40, 1.10]

3.2 Suicide at post‐intervention Show forest plot

4

1757

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.95 [0.57, 1.57]

3.2.1 Case management plus assertive outreach vs TAU

3

843

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.77 [0.36, 8.68]

3.2.2 Case management plus assertive outreach vs enhanced usual care

1

914

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.88 [0.52, 1.51]

Figures and Tables -
Comparison 3. Case management vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy
Comparison 4. Treatment adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcome or subgroup title

No. of studies

No. of participants

Statistical method

Effect size

4.1 Repetition of SH at 12 months Show forest plot

2

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

4.1.1 Adherence enhancement vs TAU

1

391

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.57 [0.32, 1.02]

4.1.2 Continuity of care by the same therapist vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

1

136

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.28 [0.07, 1.10]

4.2 Depression scores at 12 months Show forest plot

1

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

4.2.1 Continuity of care by the same therapist vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

1

127

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐1.40 [‐4.24, 1.44]

4.3 Suicide at 12 months Show forest plot

2

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

4.3.1 Adherence enhancement vs TAU

1

391

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.85 [0.28, 2.57]

4.3.2 Continuity of care by the same therapist vs other alternative forms of psychotherapy

1

136

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.62 [0.10, 3.82]

Figures and Tables -
Comparison 4. Treatment adherence enhancement approaches vs treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy
Comparison 5. Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU)

Outcome or subgroup title

No. of studies

No. of participants

Statistical method

Effect size

5.1 Repetition of SH at post‐intervention Show forest plot

8

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

5.1.1 Postcards vs TAU

4

3277

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.87 [0.62, 1.23]

5.1.2 Emergency cards vs TAU

2

1039

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.82 [0.31, 2.14]

5.1.3 GP letter vs TAU

1

1932

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.15 [0.93, 1.44]

5.1.4 Mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy vs TAU

1

68

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Not estimable

5.2 Repetition of SH at 12 months Show forest plot

4

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

5.2.1 Postcards vs TAU

2

2885

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.76 [0.57, 1.02]

5.2.2 Emergency cards vs TAU

1

827

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.19 [0.85, 1.67]

5.2.3 Telephone contact vs TAU

1

172

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.00 [0.45, 2.23]

5.3 Repetition of SH at final follow‐up Show forest plot

7

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

5.3.1 Postcards vs TAU

4

3277

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.88 [0.62, 1.25]

5.3.2 Telephone contact vs TAU

3

840

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.74 [0.42, 1.32]

5.4 Frequency of SH at post‐intervention Show forest plot

3

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

5.4.1 Postcards vs TAU

3

1097

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.07 [‐0.32, 0.18]

5.4.2 Postcards vs TAU (males only)

3

401

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.00 [‐0.13, 0.12]

5.4.3 Postcards vs TAU (females only)

3

695

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.04 [‐0.29, 0.20]

5.4.4 Postcards vs TAU (history of prior SH)

3

339

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.09 [‐0.68, 0.51]

5.4.5 Postcards vs TAU (no history of prior SH)

3

758

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.23 [‐0.32, 0.77]

5.5 Frequency of SH at 12 months Show forest plot

2

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

5.5.1 Postcards vs TAU

2

984

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.19 [‐0.58, 0.20]

5.5.2 Postcards vs TAU (males only)

2

336

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

0.03 [‐0.11, 0.16]

5.5.3 Postcards vs TAU (females only)

2

647

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.22 [‐0.62, 0.18]

5.5.4 Postcards vs TAU (history of prior SH)

2

296

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.64 [‐2.07, 0.80]

5.5.5 Postcards vs TAU (no history of prior SH)

2

688

Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI)

‐0.07 [‐0.22, 0.09]

5.6 Suicide at post‐intervention Show forest plot

5

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

5.6.1 Postcards vs TAU

4

3464

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

1.86 [0.61, 5.72]

5.6.2 Mobile telephone‐based psychotherapy vs TAU

1

68

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

3.09 [0.12, 78.55]

5.7 Suicide at 12 months Show forest plot

1

772

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.41 [0.08, 2.15]

5.7.1 Postcards vs TAU

1

772

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.41 [0.08, 2.15]

5.8 Suicide at final follow‐up Show forest plot

2

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

5.8.1 Telephone contact vs TAU

2

821

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.70 [0.11, 4.33]

Figures and Tables -
Comparison 5. Remote contact interventions vs treatment as usual (TAU)
Comparison 6. Other mixed interventions versus treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy

Outcome or subgroup title

No. of studies

No. of participants

Statistical method

Effect size

6.1 Repetition of SH at final follow‐up Show forest plot

2

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

Subtotals only

6.1.1 Intensive outpatient intervention vs TAU

2

245

Odds Ratio (M‐H, Random, 95% CI)

0.65 [0.15, 2.85]

Figures and Tables -
Comparison 6. Other mixed interventions versus treatment as usual (TAU) or other alternative forms of psychotherapy